JEE Advanced Print

In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500
AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated School Program & 4423
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced), 2017
FULL TEST – V
Paper 2
Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 180

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u l l y. Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n ut es
s p ec i f i c a ll y f o r t h i s p u r p o s e.
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES
 Yo u a r e n o t a l l o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha l l b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
A. General Instructions
1. Attempt ALL the questions. Answers have to be marked on the OMR sheets.
2. This question paper contains Three Parts.
3. Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
4. Each part has only one section: Section-A.
5. Rough spaces are provided for rough work inside the question paper. No additional sheets will be
provided for rough work.
6. Blank Papers, clip boards, log tables, slide rule, calculator, cellular phones, pagers and electronic
devices, in any form, are not allowed.
B. Filling of OMR Sheet
1. Ensure matching of OMR sheet with the Question paper before you start marking your answers
on OMR sheet.
2. On the OMR sheet, darken the appropriate bubble with black pen for each character of your
Enrolment No. and write your Name, Test Centre and other details at the designated places.
3. OMR sheet contains alphabets, numerals & special characters for marking answers.
C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

(i) Section-A (01 to 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one correct answer.
Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (11 to 16) contains 3 paragraphs with each having 2 questions. Each question carries
+3 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (17 – 20) contains 4 Matching Lists Type questions: Each question has four
statements in LIST I & 4 or 5 statements in LIST II. The codes for lists have choices (A), (B), (C),
(D) out of which only one is correct. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and
– 1 mark for wrong answer.
Name of the Candidate
Enrolment No.
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
2
AITS-FT-V-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s
Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s
Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C
Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C2/N-m2
Density of water water = 103 kg/m3
Atmospheric pressure Pa = 105 N/m2
Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1
CHEMISTRY
Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
Avogadro's Number Na = 6.023  1023
Planck’s constant h = 6.625  1034 Js
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 Faraday = 96500 coulomb
1 calorie = 4.2 joule
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J
Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
Atomic masses: H=1, He=4, Li=7, Be=9, B=11, C=12, N=14, O=16,
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Single Correct Choice Type
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
for its answer, out of which only ONE is correct.
1. A heavy nucleus at rest breaks into two fragments which fly off with velocities in the ratio of 8 : 1.
The ratio of the radii of the fragments (assumed spherical) is
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 4
(C) 4 : 1 (D) 2 : 1
2. Monochromatic light of wavelength  emerging from slit

S illuminates slits S1 and S2 which are placed with
S2
respect to S as shown in Fig. 27.5. The distances x and d
D are large compared to the separation d between the P
S S1
slits. If x = D/2, the minimum value of d so that there is
a dark fringe at the centre P of the screen is Screen
X D
D 2D
(A) (B)
3 3
D
(C) D (D) 2
3
3. A particle free to move along the x-axis has potential energy given by
U(x)  k[1  exp( x 2 )] for   x  
where k is a constant of appropriate dimension.
Then
(A) at points away from the origin, the particle is in unstable equilibrium
(B) for any finite nonzero value of x, there is a force directed away from the origin
(C) if its total mechanical energy is k/2, it has its minimum kinetic energy at the origin
(D) for small displacements from x = 0, the motion is simple harmonic
Space for rough work
4
4. Three rods of the same length are arranged to form an equilateral triangle. Two rods are made of
the same material of coefficient of linear expansion 1 and the third rod which forms the base of
the triangle has coefficient of expansion  2 . The altitude of the triangle will remain the same at
all temperatures if the 1 /  2 is nearly
(A) 1 (B) 1/2
(C) 1/4 (D) 4
5. In the figure, the wedge is pushed with an acceleration of

10 3 m / s1 . It is seen that the block starts climbing upon the
1m
smooth inclined face of wedge. What will be the time taken by the
block to reach the top?
2 1
(A) s (B) s
5 5 300
1m
5
(C) 5s (D) s
2
6. A thin uniform annular disc (see figure) of mass M has outer radius P
4R and inner radius 3R. The work required to take a unit mass from 4R
point P on its axis to infinity is
2GM 2GM
(A)
7R

4 2 5  (B) 
7R
4 2 5   3R 4R
GM 2GM
(C)
4R
(D)
5R
2 1  
7. A bi-convex lens is formed with two thin planoconvex lenses as n = 1.5 n = 1.2
shown in the figure. Refractive index n of the first lens is 1.5 and that
of the second lens is 1.2. Both the curved surface are of the same
radius of curvature R = 14 cm, For this Bi-convex lens, for an object
distance of 40 cm, the image distance will be
(A) -280.0 cm (B) 40.0 cm R = 14 cm
(C) 21.5 cm (D) 13.3 cm
5
131 131
8. The half-life of I is 8 days. Given a sample of I at time t = 0, we can conclude that
(A) no nucleus will decay before t = 4 days
(B) no nucleus will decay before t = 8 days
(C) all neclei will decay before t = 16 days
(D) a given nucleus may decay any time after t = 0
9. Which of cases have a non zero net torque activity on the rod about its centre?
F
30o
g
30o
(i)
F (ii
Force are applied on rod )
Rod sliding on smooth ground
F F
30o 30o (iv)

(Cube is pulled on smooth surface and
(iii) moving with constant acceleration)
(A) In case (i), (ii) (B) In case (ii), (iv), (i)

(C) In case (i) & (iii) (D) In all case
10. Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas performs a cycle shown 2 3

in figure then temperature of the gas is different states asked as
1, 2, 3 and 4 in figure are 400, 700, 2500 & 1100 K respectively P
(A) value of  P2 / P1  V4 / V3 1
4
(B) value of P2 / P1  V3 / V4
(C) work done = 14 J
(D) work done  18.247J V
6
Comprehension Type
This section contains 3 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice question based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE is
correct.
Paragraph for Questions 11 & 12
A pair of parallel horizontal conducting rails of negligible resistance shorted

at one end is fixed on a table. The distance between the rails is L. A
L R
conducting massless road of resistance R can slide on the rails without
friction. The rod is tied to a massless string which passes over a pulley
m
fixed to the edge of the table. A mass m, fixed to the other end of the string,
hang vertically. A constant magnetic field B exists perpendicular to the
table. The system is released from rest.
11. The acceleration the mass m moving in the downward direction is

B 2L2 v
(A) g (B)
MR
2 2 
 B Lv  B2L2 v 
(C)  g   (D)  g  
 MR   mR 
 
12. The acceleration of mass m when the velocity of the rod is half the terminal velocity is
(A) g (B) g/2
(C) g/3 (D) g/4
7

Most materials have the refractive index, n > 1. So, when a light ray from air enters naturally occurring
sin 1 n2
material, then by snell’s law,  , it is under stood that the refracted ray bends towards the
sin 2 n1
normal. But is never emerges on the same side of the normal as the incident ray. According to
C
electromagnetism, the refractive index of the medium is given by the relation, n      r r where  is
v
the speed of electromagnetic waves in vacuum, v its speed in the medium, r , and , are relative
permittivity and permeability of medium respectively. In normal materials, r and r , are positive, implying
positive n for the medium. When both r and r , are negative, one must choose the negative root of n.
Such negative refractive index materials can now be artificially prepared and are called meta-materials.
They exhibit significantly different optical behavior, without violating any physical laws. Since n is
negative, it results in a change in the direction of propagation of the refracted light. However, similar to
normal materials, the frequency of light remains unchanged upon refraction even in meta-materials.
13. For light incident from air on a meta-material, the appropriate ray diagram is
1
1
Air
Air Meta-material
(A) Meta-material (B) 2
2
1 1
Air Air
(C) Meta-material (D) Meta-material
2
2
8
14. Choose the correct statement:

(A) The speed of light in the meta-material is v  c | n |
C
(B) The speed of light in the meta-meterial is v 
n
(C) The speed of light in the meta-material is v = c
(D) The wavelength of the light in the meta-material  m  is given m  air | n | . Where  air is
wavelength of the light in air.
A rod of length 6 m has a mass 12 kg. it is hinged at on end A at a B

distance of 3 m below water surface. The specific gravity of the
material of rod is 0.5.
W
G
3m
Hinge
A
15. What weight must be attached to the other end B so that 5 m of the rod is immersed in water?
7
(A) 7 kgf (B) kgf
3
7 7
(C) kgf (D) kgf
5 2
16. Find the magnitude and direction of the force exerted by the hinge on the rod:
17
(A) kgf in the downward direction (B) 8 kgf in the downward direction
3
(C) 4 kgf in the downward direction (D) 5 kgf in the downward direction
9
(Match List Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has matching lists. The codes for the
lists have choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which only ONE is correct.
17. Three wires of length l and linear charge density  each is shaped into an equilateral triangle with
point O as centroid of this triangle. Now the wires are arranged in different shapes with point O
fixed as defined earlier. Math List – I having different shapes with List – II potential at point O:
List - I List - II

(P)
O
(1) 0

ln 2  3 
O 
(Q)
(2)
20

ln 2 7  3 3 
3
(R) O (3) 20

ln 2  3 
O

(S) (4)
20
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 1 4 2 3
(C) 3 2 4 1
(D) 3 4 2 1
10
18. When ice melts completely, level of liquid in which ice is submerged:
List – I List – II
ice
(P) (1) Increases

Water
steel
(Q) (2) Decreases

Water
wood
(R) (3) Remains same
Water
ice
(S) (4) May increases or decreases
Oil
Density of oil is greater than density of ice

Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 4
(B) 3 2 4 4
(C) 3 1 4 1
(D) 3 2 3 1
11
19. A sample of gas goes from state A to state B in four different manners, as shown by the graphs.
Let W be the work done by the gas and U be change in internal energy along the path AB.
Correctly match the graphs with the statements provided.
V
(P) (1) Both W and U are positive
A B
P
B
(Q) (2) Both W and U are negative
A
T
T
A
(R) (3) W is positive whereas U is

negative
B
V
V
A
(S) (4) W is negative whereas U is
positive
B
P
Specific heat of gas must be
(5)
positive
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 4 2,5 3 2,5
(B) 4 2,5 1 2,5
(C) 4,5 2,5 3 4,5
(D) 5 3,5 3,5 3
12
20. Column shows O1 object and O2 image. The optical system responsible can be a spherical
mirror, plane mirror or a thin lens. In the case of the lens and spherical mirror, straight line shows
the principal axis. Match List-I and List-II:
O2
(P) O1 h2 (1) Concave mirror between O1 and O2

h1
x
h2 > h1
O1
(Q) O2 h1 (2) Diverging lens between O1 and O2

h2
x
h1 > h2
O2
h2
(R) x (3) Convex mirror between O1 and O2
h1
O1 h2 > h1
O2
h2
x
(S) (4) Converging lens between O1 and O2
h1
h1 > h2
O1
Inclined plane mirror somewhere between
(5)
O1 and O2
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1,2,5 3,5 4,5 4,5
(B) 1,5 2,5 1,2,5 1,4,5
(C) 1,2,5 3,4,5 4,5 3,4,5
(D) 1,5 3,5 4,5 4,5
13
Chemistry PART – II
SECTION – A
1. 11 moles N2 and 12 moles of H2 mixture reacted in 20 litre vessel at 800 K. After equilibrium was
reached, 6 mole of H2 was present. 3.58 litre of liquid water is injected in equilibrium mixture and
resultant gaseous mixture suddenly cooled to 300 K. What is the final pressure of gaseous
mixture? Neglect vapour pressure of liquid solution. Assume (i) all NH3 dissolved in water (ii) no
change in volume of liquid (iii) no reaction of N2 and H2 at 300 K :
N2 :11 moles T=800K N,H T = 300 K; P = ?
2 2
H2 :12 moles V=20L NH3(aq) solution
Initial condition
(A) 18.47 atm (B) 60 atm
(C) 22.5 atm (D) 45 atm
2. The following mechanism has been proposed for the exothermic catalyzed complex reaction:

A  B 
fast

k1
 I AB   
k2
 AB  I  
P  A
If k1 is much smaller than k2, the most suitable qualitative plot of potential energy (P.E.) versus
reaction coordinate for the above reaction.
(A) (B)
P.E.
AB+I A+P
P.E.
A+B A+B
IAB A+P IAB
AB+I
reaction coordinate reaction coordinate
(C) (D)
P.E.
P.E.
A+B A+B
AB+I IAB AB+I
IAB A+P A+P
reaction coordinate reaction coordinate
14
3. The final product of complete hydrolysis of (CH3)2SiCl2 followed by polymerization forms

(A) (CH3)2SiOSi(CH3)2 (B) (CH3)2Si(OH)2
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3
(C) HO Si O Si O Si OH (D) H3C Si O Si CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3

n CH3
OH
4. Which of the following alkene is obtained as major product when the alcohol
reacts with dil. H2SO4?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
[Br - ]
5. At what does the following cell have its reaction at equilibrium?
[CO 32  ]
Ag(s) | Ag2CO3(s) | Na2CO3 (aq) || KBr(aq) | AgBr(s) | Ag(s)
KSP = 8  10 – 12 for Ag2CO3 and KSP = 4  10 – 13 for AgBr

(A) 1  10 – 7 (B) 2  10 – 7
(C) 3  10 – 7 (D) 4  10 – 7
6. Which of the following species do not have O  O bond length longer than that in O2 molecule?
(A) H 2S2O8 (B) H2SO5
(C) H 2O 2 
(D) O 2 BF4 
15
7. Which of the following reactions will not give alkylation product?

OH
(A) + H (B) + H
AICI3 AICI3
(C) + CH3COCI (D) + Me3C – COCI
8. The incorrect statement about the following reaction sequence is

Cl2/FeCl3 HNO3 + H2SO4,  HNO3 + H2SO4, 
P Q R
(1) (2) (3)
(4) NH2NH2, 
O2 N
(T)
CH N NH NO 2 S
(5)
(A) 'T' gives an aldol condensation reaction on heating with NaOH solution
(B) Compound R is more reactive towards N2H4 than compound Q.
(i )Sn HCl H PO
(C) compound Q 
 ii  NaNO HCl  X 
3 2
 P ; P is PhCl
2
0
0 5 C
(D) In step 5 Acetaldehyde is more reactive than T
9. How many gms of cyclopentane will be formed in the reaction given below (Consider the yield be
100% in each step)?
Monochlorination Mg HOCH 2CH2 C CH
    A  
Et 2 O
  B  
 3.5gms 

(70 gms)
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 7 (D) 8
10. The number of vacant hybrid orbitals which participate in the formation of 3-centre 2 electron
bonds i.e., banana bonds in diborane structure are:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
16
Comprehension Type
correct.
In the manufacture of Na2CO3(s) by Solvay process, NaHCO3(s) is decomposed by heating:

2NaHCO3(s) 
 Na2CO3(s) + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
Kp = 0.23 at 100°C Ho = 136 kJ
11. If a sample of NaHCO3 (s) is brought to a temperature of 100°C in a closed container total gas
pressure at equilibrium is:
(A) 0.96 atm (B) 0.23 atm
(C) 0.48 atm (D) 0.46 atm
12. A mixture of 1.00 mol each of NaHCO3(s) and Na2CO3(s) is introduced into a 2.5 L flask in which
PCO2 = 2.10 atm and PH2 O = 0.94 atm.When equilibrium is established at 100°C, then partial
pressure of
(A) CO2(g) and H2O(g) will be greater than their initial pressure
(B) CO2(g) and H2O(g) will be less than their initial pressure
(C) CO2(g) will be larger and that of H2O(g) will be less than their initial pressure
(D) H2O(g) will be larger and that of CO2(g) will be less than their initial pressure

The empirical formula of a cobalt (III) complex is Co(NH3)x Cl3 . The coordination no.of cobalt in the
above complex is six. Say that all complexes ionize.
13. Kb of water 2K kg mole-1, when one mole of the above complex is added to 1kg water the rise in
B.Pt is 6K. Then the value of x is
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 6
14. One mole of the above complex gave 143.5g white ppt with excess AgNO3 solution. Then x is
(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 3
17
A white crystalline solid (A) on dehydration gave a poisonous pseudo halogen gas (B). Compound (A)
when filed with alkali gave a colourless gas (C), which forms white fumes with HCl. The fumes condenses
to white solid with HCl. The fumes condenses to white solid (D) on cooling. (B) dissolves in KOH solution
to gave two compounds (pseudo halides) (E) and (F). Compound (E) gave white ppt. (G) with AgNO3
solution, but ppt (G) dissolves on addition of excess (E). When (F) is heated together with (D) a well
known fertilizer (H) is obtained.
15. As per the above passage (A) is

(A)  NH 4  2 C2 O4 (B)  NH 4 2 CO3
(C) NH4CN (D) NH 4 BrO3
16. Which of the following dehydration agent can not be used for the conversion of (A) to (B)?
(A) P2O5 (B) conc.H 2SO4
(C) CaO (D) (B) and (C) both
(Match List Type)

17. Match the following:

(P) Isothermal process (1) E  0
(Q) Reversible adiabatic process (2) H  0
(R) Cyclic process (3) S  0
(S) Isochoric process (4) w0
(5) G  0
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1, 2 3 1,2,3,5 4
(B) 2 4 4, 5 1
(C) 1 2 3 5
(D) 4 5 2 3, 4
18

(P) O2 (1) Paramagnetic
(Q) B2 (2) Día magnetic
(R) C2 (3) Bond order : 2
(S) N2 (4) Last e– goes in anti-bonding molecular orbital
(5) Last e– goes in bonding molecular orbital
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 2,4 3,4 4 5
(B) 1,3,4 1,5 2,3,5 2,5
(C) 2,5 2,3,4 4 3,5
(D) 4 3,5 4,5 1,3,4

(P) Addition of HCl can make the buffer solution (1) CH3COONa
Addition of NaOH can make the buffer
(Q) (2) NH3
solution
Increase solubility when added to a saturated
(R) (3) NH4Cl
solution of CuCO3
Form buffer on mixing with solution of their
(S) (4) NaHCO3
conjugate acid base
(5) HCOONa
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1, 2, 4, 5 3, 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(B) 2 3 4 5
(C) 5, 1 2, 4 3, 5 2, 4
(D) 5, 1 3, 5 4, 5 5, 6

(P) 

NOg  NO3g 
 2NO2g (1) Kp  Kc
(Q) 

N2g  3H2g 
 2NH3g (2) K p  K c RT
2
(R) 

2O3g 
 3O2g (3) Kp  Kc
1 5
(S) 
 o
 Br2g  F2g note : T > 300 C
BrF5g  (4) Kp  Kc
2 2
K p  K c RT 
1
(5)
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 4 1, 5 1,2
(B) 4 5, 3 5, 1 1
(C) 5,1 2, 5 4, 2 3
(D) 1 2 3 4
19
Mathematics PART – III

SECTION – A
1. A triangle ABC has incentre I. Points X, Y are located on the line segment AB, AC respectively
so that BX. AB = IB2 and CY. AC = IC2. Given that X, I, Y are collinear. The possible values of
measure of angle A is
(A) 120o (B) 60o
o
(C) 30 (D) cannot be determined
2. An equilateral triangle of side length 2 units is inscribed in a circle. The length of a chord of this
circle which passes through the midpoints of two sides of this triangle is
5
(A) (B) 5
2
2 2
(C) (D)
3 3
3. N  7log49 900 , A  2log2 4  3log2 4  4log2 2  4log2 3 , D   log5 49 log7 125  .

The value of log N
N  A  D  6  log5 2 is equal to
A 
 10 
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
1 1
4. Let a1,a2 ,............. be real constants and y  x  cos a1  x  cos a2  x   2
2 2
1
cos a3  x  ...........  n1 cos an  x  . If x1x 2 are real & y  x1   y x 2   0, then x 2  x1 
2
n
(A) n,n  I (B) ,n  I
2
n n
(C) ,n  I (D) ,n  I
3 4
20
a 
  then lim  n  =
n
5. Let an & bn are positive integers and an  2bn  2  2
n   b n 
(A) 2 (B) 2
(C) e 2
(D) e2
n
k n
k a
6. For any positive integer n, an   tan2 & bn   tan2 , then the value of n is equal
k 1 2n  1 k 1 2n  1 bn
to
n
(A) tan2 (B) n
n 1
2
n
(C) n (D)
n 1
2
7. An equation a0  a1x  a2 x2  a3 x3  .........  a99 x 99  x100  0 has roots

100
Cr sin r, where r = 1, ......100 , then the value of a99 is
100 100
   
(A)  cos  sin50 (B) 2100  cos 
 2  2
100
 
(C) 2100 sin50 (D) 2100  cos  sin50
 2
8. In ABC, there is a interior point P such that PAB  10o , PBA  20o , PCA  30o
& PAC  40o , then ACB =
(A) 50o (B) 40o
(C) 20o (D) 10o
21
9. The adjoining figure is a map of a part of a A

city. The small rectangles are blocks & N
spaces in between are streets. Each W E
morning a student walks from intersection A
S
to intersection B, always walking along
streets shown, always going east or south. C
For variety, at each intersection where he
has a choice, he chooses with probability ½ B
(independent of all other choices) whether to
go east or south. The probability that, on any
given morning, he walks through intersection
C is
11 1
(A) (B)
32 2
4 21
(C) (D)
7 32
10. If f 0  0 and f is differentiable at x = 0 and k is positive integer then

1 x x  x 
lim  f  x  f    f    ..........  f   is equal to
x  x  
 2  
 3   k 

 k 1
(A) k. f ' 0 (B)   f '0
 r 1 r 
k
1
(C) r
r 1
(D) does not exist
22
Comprehension Type
correct.
A function of satisfies the equation f  x.f ' x  f x  f '  x for all x and f(0) = 3.
11. The value of f  x.f x for all x is

(A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 9 (D) 16
51
dx
12.  3  f x 
is equal to
51
(A) 17 (B) 34
(C) 102 (D) 0

B C 1
In a ABC B 2,4, C 6,4 & A lies on a curve S such that tan tan  .
2 2 2
13. Let a line passing through C and perpendicular to BC intersects the curve S at P and Q. It R is
the midpoint of BC then area of PQR is
18 8
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units
3 3
32 26
(C) sq. units (D) sq. units
3 3
14. The eccentricity of the hyperbola, whose transverse axis lies along the line through B, C and the
hyperbola passes through B, C & (0, 2)
19 17
(A) (B)
4 2
7 2
(C) (D)
3 3
23
Let PQRS be a rectangle of size 9  3, if it is folded along QS such that plane PQS is perpendicular to
plane QRS & point R moves to point T.
15. Distance between the points P and T will be

3
(A) 90 (B) 205
5
4
(C) (D) None of these
5
16. Shortest distance between the edges PQ & TS is

10 10
(A) 3 (B)
19 19
10
(C) 2 (D) None of these
19
(Match List Type)

17. Let a, b, c are roots of the equation x 3  3x 2  5x  1  0. A and B are two matrices given as
a b c bc  a2 ca  b2 ab  c 2 
   
A  b c a B   ca  b2 ab  c 2 bc  a2  If , ,  are the roots of equation B  xI  0 where
 
c a b ab  c 2 bc  a2 ca  b2 
  
I is identity matrix of order 3 then match List I with List II:
List I List II
(P) The value of det (A) det (B) is (1) 18
(Q) The value of      is (2) (18)2
(R) The value of B is (3) (18)3
(S) The value of A is (4) 6
4
(5) (18)
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 4 3 1 2
(B) 3 2 4 1
(C) 3 4 2 1
(D) 4 2 1 3
24
18. A straight line passing through O (0, 0) cuts the lines x  , y   & x  y  8 at A, B, C resp such
y 3 6
that OA. OB . OC = 48 2 & f(, )  0 where f  x,y      3x  2y   e x  2y  e2  6 .
x 2
Match the List -I with List-II:
List-I List-II
(P) The value of 2 2  OA  OB  OC  is (1) 50
(Q) The volume of OA.OB  OB.OC  O.C.OA is (2) 54
(R) The value of 25 is (3) 36
(S) The value of 18  is (4) 52
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 3 4 2
(B) 2 4 1 3
(C) 4 3 1 2
(D) 3 4 1 2
19. Match List I with List II:

List-I List-II
(P) y (1) 9
 tan1 x  dx
If   lim
1  
,  2  3 is divisible by ([.] denotes
y  y 1
1 
1   dx
 x
greatest integer factor)
(Q) If a  b  3  cos 4 and a  b  4 sin2 , then the maximum (2) 4
value of ab is
(R) A point D is taken on the side AC of an acute triangle ABC (3) 1
such that AD = 1, DC = 2 and BD is altitude of ABC. A circle
of radius 2 which passes through points A and D touches the
circumcircle of BDC at point D. If area of ABC is N then
N2
the value of is equal to
15
(S) 3 2
x sin(x!) (4) 5
lim is less than or equal to
x  (x  1)
(5) 0
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 4 1 1,2,3,4
(B) 1,2 4 1,2,3 1,2
(C) 3 1,4 1,2,3 2,3,4
(D) 1,3 2,4 1,2 2,3
25

List-I List-II
(P) Consider the integral (1) 3/2
e
100
I1   (1  x)(x  ln x) dx
1
 /2
101
I2  (1  e sin x  ln sin x) cos xdx
sin1 1/e
e e(1  e)101  k
If I1  I2  , then K
101 101
(Q)  ln x (2) 1
I(k)  
0 x 2  kx  k 2
dx(k  0)

& kI(x)  I(1)  ,k  e
3
 is equal to
(R) Let f(x) be a continuous function satisfying (3) 5
3 2
2
9f(3)   (x f '(x)   f(x)  )dx  k , then the least passible
0
value of k is
(S) a  loga x  (4) 2
The values of definite integral 1
xa dx where a > 1 &
e 1
[.] denotes the greatest integer is , then the value of
2
5[a] is
(5) 9
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 2 1 5 3
(C) 2 1 4 3
(D) 2 4 3 1
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated School Program & 4423
FULL TEST – V
Paper 1

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u ll y . Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n u t es
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-C

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
(ii) Section-C (01 – 10) contains 10 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
from 0 to 9 and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Straight Objective Type
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 10. Each question has 4 choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
1. Four point charges +q, +q, – q, and – q are placed respectively at corners A, B, C and D of a
square. Then
(A) the potential at the centre O of the square is zero
(B) the electric field at the centre O of the square is zero
(C) If E is the mid-point of side BC, the work done in carrying an electron from O to E is zero
(D) If F is the mid-point of side CD, the work done is carrying an electron from O to F is zero
B
2. In the circuit show in figure, if the galvanometer resistance is 6 ,
C1 = 10 F C2 = 20 F
then in the steady state
(A) no current flows through the galvanometer A C
G = 6
(B) the current through R2 is 4A
(C) the charge on C1 is 80 C. R1 = 16 R1 = 8
(D) the charge on C2 is 80 C

D
12V
3. A thin rod AB of length l carries a current I1. It is placed in the P
magnetic field of a long wire PQ carrying a current I2 as shown in A l1 B

figure l2
 II  l  a
(A) The force experienced by the rod is F  0 1 2 loge  1  l
4  2a 
0I1I2 l Q

(B) The force experienced by the rod is F  loge  1  
4  a 
(C) The rod experiences no torque
(D) The rod experiences a force as well as a torque.
4
y
4. A fly crawls with constant speed v along the radial ê
spoke of a wheel which is rotating with constant angular
speed . Initially the fly starts from centre of the wheel
along x-axis. Then (where r  v  ) v êr
(A) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is 
 Fixed frame
v  veˆ r  reˆ 
(B) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is

v  veˆ r  reˆ 
 v.
(C) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

 vt
(D) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

5. A cubical region of side a has its centre at the origin. It encloses three fixed point charges, -q at
(0, -a/4, 0) + 3q at (0, 0, 0) and -q at (0 + a/4, 0) Choose the correct options(s)
z
a
-q
-q y
3q
3q
x
(A) The net electric flux crossing the plane x = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x =-a/2
(B) The net electric flux crossing the plane y = +a/2 is more than the net electric flux crossing the
plane y =- a/2
(C) The net electric flux crossing the entire region is q/0
(D) The net electric flux crossing the plane z = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x = +a/2
6. Let the energy, magnitude of linear momentum and angular frequency of an electron in hydrogen
atom be E,P and  respectively. If n be the corresponding quantum number, then
(A) E/W varies as n (B) E P/W is independent of n
(C) P W varies as n1/2 (D) E P W is independent of n.
5
14 6
7. A nitrogen nucleus N7 absorbs a neutron and can be transformed to lithium nucleus Li3 under
suitable condition, after emitting
(A) 4 proton and 3 neutrons
(B) 5 proton and 1 beta particle
(C) 2 alpha particles, 1 neutron and 2 gama photons
(D) 4 protons and 4 neutrons
8. At 0oC a black body placed in 0oC surrounding then it emits

(A) all wavelengths of radiation (B) only visible light
(C) only micro wave radiation (D) no radiation
9. A 100 W bulb B1, and two 60 W bulbs B2 and B3, are connected to a B1 B2
250 V source, as shown in figure. Now W 1, W 2 and W 3 are the output
powers of the bulbs B1, B2 and B3, respectively. Then
(A) W1  W2  W3 (B) W1  W2  W3
(C) W1  W2  W3 (D) W1  W2  W3 B3
250V
10. A block of mass m is placed on a prims of mass M. The inclined

m
surface is smooth and inclination with horizontal is . The
horizontal surface is sufficiently rough to prevent slipping of prism.
The body of mass m is coming down the inclined face then
M
(A) Acceleration of body along the inclined surface is g sin 
1 
(B) Frictional force is mgsin 2
2
mg
(C) Maximum frictional force is
2
(D) Friction force will be maximum when   450
6
SECTION – C
(One Integer Value Correct Type)
This section contains 10 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
1. Water flows vertically down ward out of a round nozzle of radius r0 with a
speed u0. Which is not quite large for some distance below nozzle the flow
in water laminar stream over this distance the stream radius ry as a
1/  u0 r0 y
function of the distance of belong the nozzle is ry  r0 1  y  .
Value of    is take value of u20 / g  1 .
2. A 60 cm metal rod M1 is joined to another 100 cm metal rod M2 to form an L shaped single piece
This piece is hung on a ply at the joint. The two rods are observed to be equality inclined to the
vertical. The two rods are equally thick. If the ratio of density M1 to that of M2 is  , then value of
18
is
25
3. A black surface at constant high temperature TH is parallel

to another black plane surface at a constant lower
temperature TL (enclose vacuum in between). A heat shield
consisting of two thin black plates is placed between the TH TL
warm and the cold surfaces and parallel to these. After
J
some time steady state is achieved. The value of   0
J
is (Jo is initial heat current and J is final current)
7
4. The velocity filter of a mass spectrometer uses a uniform E = 100 v/m and a magnetic field
B1  2 102 T below filter at the uniform magnetic filed of induction 8 102 used to deflect the
beam above filter. Both the beams are +e charged having mass numbers 20 and 22 pass through
o
the filter and make a 180 turn in the deflecting filed. If the distance between the points S1 & S2 is
d, then find the approximate (integer) value of 2d?
1amu
(Value of  108 SI unit ) (Note: spectrometer does not changes speed of ions)
e
S1 S2
d
5. A quarter cylinder of radius R and refractive index 1.5 is placed

on a table as shown in figure. For what value of 3m, a ray
from P will emerge parallel to table? Assume small aperture.
P R
mR
6. A material with uniform restively  is formed in the w w

shape of a wedge as shown. The resistance of wedge

across length L is R  ln  ' . Then find the value of
L y2
 y1
 L L L
  ' .  y  ,y 2  ,W  
6 
 3 6 6
8
7. A uniformly thick plate in the shape of an arrowhead has dimension

as shown. The centre of mass lies at a distance x cm from O. The
value of x is 6 cm
O
6 cm
3 cm
8. A long flexible inextensible rope of uniform mass density  v

is being pulled on a rough floor with horizontal force F in F
such a way that the lower part is at rest and upper part
moves with constant speed v as shown, the magnitude of F
will be (in N) .    1 kg / m,v  2m / s 
9. Consider an infinite ladder net work as shown R1 R1

in figure A voltage is applied between points A C
A
and B. If the voltage is hawed after each
section, find the ratio R2/R1. …….. 
R2 R2
B
D
10. Value of electric field at centre of charged hemisphere is ……… N/C if it has uniform charged
density   8 o c / m2 at surface.
9
SECTION – A
1. A system is changed from an initial state to a final state by a manner such that if the same
change from the initial state to the final state were made by a different path, which of the following
statements are correct for H system?
(A) remain the same
(B) will depend upon the type of path
(C) Heat exchanged q will be same if the path is isobaric
(D) Heat exchanged q will be different if the path is not isobaric
2. Which of the following are correct regarding the products of the given reaction?
Products
(A) only X and Z are formed (B) Y > Z (amount)

(C) X > Y (amount) (D) Y > X (amount)
10
3. Which of the following pairs of nitrates give the same gaseous products on thermal
decomposition?
(A) KNO3 and Pb(NO3)2 (B) KNO3 and NaNO3
(C) Pb(NO3)2 and Cu(NO3)2 (D) NaNO3 and Ca(NO3)2
4. KO2 finds use in oxygen cylinders used for space and submarines. The fact(s) related to such
use of KO2 is/are:
(A) it produces O2 (B) It produces O3
(C) It absorbs CO2 (D) It absorbs both CO and CO2
5. Which of the following are correct?

(A)
1.O 3

2 . Zn,H 2 O
 OHC–CH2CH2CH2–CHO
H H
(B) O
C6H5C–OOH
CH2Cl2 H H
H H
O
(C)
KMnO 4

cold dilute solution

 H H
H H
OH OH
(D) O O
KMnO 4

– 
OH ,heat –O—CCH CH CH C—O–
2 2 2
H H
6. Which of the following statements are correct about stability of chelates–

(A) As the number of rings in complex increases, stability of chelate also increases
(B) A chelate having five membered ring is more stable if it contains double bonds.
(C) A chelate having six membered ring is more stable than if it does not contain double bonds.
(D) Chelating ligands are at least bidentate ligands.
7. Which of the following is/are extracted by electrolytic reduction?

(A) Cu (B) Al
(C) Mg (D) Ag
11
8. Choose the incorrect statement:

(A) Salicylic acid (o–Hydroxybenzoic acid) is much stronger acid than its m-,p-isomers and
benzoic acid itself.
(B) Acidity of salicylic acid is due to steric inhibition of resonance, as – OH group forces – COOH
out of the plane of ring
(C) The orbitals which are in the same plane take part in resonance
(D) All the resonating structures have real existence
9. Rotation around the bond (between the underlined atoms) is restricted in:
(A) C2H4 (B) H2O2
(C) C2H2 (D) C2H6
10. Select the coloured compound(s):

(A) K 2Cr2O7 (B) CuSO4 .5H2O
(C)  V  H 2 O 6  Cl 3 (D)  Cu  NH 3  4  SO 4
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. Find the total number of species having planar shape.

I3 , XeF4 ,SF4 , C 2 F4 , H 2O 2 , BrF5 ,SO3 , NOCl, ClF3 , F2CO, XeF5
2. How many moles of Grignard reagent are consumed in given compound?

O OEt
C Cl O
EtO C H
SH
HO O
12
3. How many monochloro compounds including stereoisomers will give propene on treatment with
Mg/ether followed by H2O ?
4. Find the sum of optically active isomers of both  Pt  gly 2 Cl 2  and  Co  en  2 Cl 2  .
5. A polyhydric alcohol is acylated by using ethanoyl chloride in presence of alkali. It was observed
that molecular mass of alcohol is increased to 237% on acylation. If the molecular mass of
polyhydric alcohol is 92, then the number of –OH groups present in polyhydric alcohol are____
6. For the synthesis of ammonia at 300 K :

N2(g) + 3H2 (g) 
 2NH3(g)
Calculate the value of  G° in Kcal and give your answer in magnitude by using the following data:
N2 H2 NH3
°
 H f (Kcal/mole) 0 0 -10
 S° (Cal/K-mole) 40 30 45
7. Calculate the change in pressure (in atm) when 2 mole of NO and 16 g O2 in a 6.25 litre originally
at 27°C react to produce the maximum quantity of NO2 possible according to the equation.
1
2NO(g) + O2(g)  2NO2(g) (Take R = ltr. Atm/mol K)
12
8. Electrons in a sample of H  atoms make transitions from state n = x, to some lower excited state.
The emission spectrum from the sample is found to contain only the lines belonging to a particular
series. If one of the photons had an energy of 0.6375 eV. Then find the value of x.
3
[Take 0.6375 eV = × 0.85eV]
4
9. If the atomic number of the inert gas is XY in which the total number of d-electrons is equal to the
difference in the number of total p- and s- electrons. Find |X-Y|.
10. For the reaction 3A  g   2B  g   2C  g  , starting with pure A, pressure after 9 min was 387.5
mm of Hg and after a long time was 400mm of Hg. Calculate half life of A in min.
13

SECTION – A
 1   1   x  
1. If 2f  x  xf    2f  2 sin   x     4cos2    x cos , x  R  0 , then which of the
 x    
4   
 2  x
following statement(s) is/are true?
 1
(A) f 2  f    1 (B) f 2  f 1  0
 2 
 1  1
(C) f 2  f 1  f   (D) f 1 f   f 2  1
 2   2 
2. Let ABC be a non obtuse triangle such that AB > AC & B  45o . Let O and I denote the
circumcenter and incentre of ABC respectively. Suppose that 2OI  AB  AC, then the
possible values of sin BAC is/are
4 2 2
(A) 1/ 2 (B)
2
4 2 2
(C) (D) 1/2
2
x y z
3.    1 intersects the coordinate axis at points A, B and C resp. If PQR has midpoints A,
a b c
B, & C then
(A) centroid of ABC & PQR coincide
(B) foot of normal to ABC from O is circumcentre of PQR
(C) area PQR  2 a2 b2  b2c 2  c 2a2
(D) incentres of ABC and PQR coincide
14
4. x  y  a, y  z  b, x. b  , x . y  1& y.z  1 then

a b 1 
(A) y  (B) x  y  a  y 
 y 2  
1  1 
(C) z  y  b  y  (D) x  y  a  y 
y 2    2  
1
1
 C7 x200 1 x dx is equal to
7
5. If the value of the definite integral 207
where k  N , then k is
0
k
divisible by
(A) 13 (B) 16
(C) 9 (D) 52
6. A function f : R  R satisfies the equation f  x  y  f  x  f  y  x, y  R & is continuous through

n
out the domain. If I1  I2  I3  I4  I5  450 where In  n f  x dx , then

0
(A) f  x  4x (B) f  x  2x
(C) f ' 0  4 (D) f ' 0  2
7.   
A a ,B b ,C c are position vector of vertices of ABC such that
a.b  a.c  a.a  b.c. Also b  c  a  b  2 a  c . Inradius of triangle is 1 unit, then which of
the following statement is/are correct?
(A) sin2 B  sin2 C  1 where B = ABC & C = ACB
(B) Diameter of circumcircle of ABC is 5 units
(C) Area of ABC is 6 sq. units
Area of ABC
(D) 2
semi perimeter of ABC
15
8. The curves y  ax 3  4x a  0 & xy  1 touch each other at points P and Q, where P is in first
quadrant. A triangle is formed by drawing a tangent to y  ax 3  4x at point Q and coordinate
axes. Then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) The value of a is – 4
(B) The area of the triangle formed is 2
(C) The value of a is – 2
(D) The area of the triangle formed is 1
 
1
 1  1   
9. 
If the value of definite integral  cot 1
cot
x  dx  2  a  b  ,
2   

 1 x  
1  x 2 
x
  c 
 
1
where a, b, c,  N in their lowest form then

(A) a = 1 (B) b = 2
(C) a = 2 (D) b = 1
0   a b 
Let A    &  A  I  50A    then
50
10.
0 0   c d
   
(A) a + d =2 (B) a + b = 1
(C) b + c = 0 (D) a+ d = 1
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
tan1 tan2 tan1024  

1.   .......   tan   tan, then    .........,
 1000 
 G.I.F .
cos 2 cos 4 cos 2048
2. A triangle ABC has positive integer sides, A  2B and C  90o , then the minimum length of
the perimeter of ABC is 70 + K then K is equal to
16
7  7C 14 
    C  Cr  is  k  . Then k is
k r 14 k 1
3. The value of
k 0
14
Ck r k
k

1
sin1 x 2 n
4. If the value of x dx is  where n  N , then the value of is
0
2
 x 1 n 27
5. The sum of the following n term series for   30o

 n  1
n
cos2   cos2  cos 2  cos3  cos3  .....  cosn  cos n is n  1sin   , then k is
 6  k 
6. A tourist takes a trip through a city in stages each stage consist of three segments of length 100
meters separated by right turns of 60o. Between the last segment of one stage and first segment
o
of the next stage, the tourist makes a left turn of 60 . The distance the tourist will be from his
initial position after 2017 stages is 100 k. Then k is
7. Let A n n  N be a matrix of order 2n  12n  1 such that aij  0 i  j &

th th
aij  n  i  1 2n i  j , where aij denotes the element of i row & j column of An. Let Tn =
2
 102 
  Tn 
 n1 
1  (sum of all the element of An). Then the value of   , where. represents the G.I.F,
n
520200 
 
 
is
8. The minimum area bounded by the function y  f  x and y  kx  9, k  R , where f satisfies

the relation f  x  y   2f x   xf  y   y f  x x,y  R & f ' 0  0 is 9 A, value of A is
9. Let f  x be a differentiable function such that f '  x is symmetrical about the line 2x = 5 and f(1) =
3
2, f(4) = 6 then  f  x dx is equal to

2
10. If the radius of circumcircle of the TPQ where PQ is the chord of contact corresponding to point
T with respect to circle x 2  y 2  2x  4y  11  0 is b units. Then the minimum distance of T from
director circle of the given circle is 12  4 x , then k is equal to
FULL TEST – IV
Paper 2

 Yo u a r e n o t a ll o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha ll b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 to 08) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-A (17 – 20) contains 4 Matching Lists Type questions: Each question has four
statements in LIST I & 4 or 5 statements in LIST II. The codes for lists have choices (A), (B), (C),
(D) out of which only one is correct. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and
– 1 mark for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-FT-IV-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Multiple Correct Choice Type
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
1. A massless spool of inner radius r and outer radius R is placed

against a vertical wall and tilted split floor as shown. A light
inextensible thread is tightly wound around the spool through which
a mass m is hanging. There exists no friction at point of contact R
with tilted floor but it is  with wall. The angle between the two r
surfaces is  .
(A) Magnitude of force on spool with wall to maintain equilibrium
2 2
r   r  
is mg     1   cot 2 
R
   R 
(B) Magnitude of force on spool from wall to maintain equilibrium
 r 
is mg  1   cot 
 R m
cot 
(C) Minimum value of  to maintain equilibrium is
R
1
r
tan 
(D) Minimum value of  to maintain equilibrium is
R
1
r
2. A horizontal plane supports a fixed vertical cylinder of radius R

and a particle is attached to the cylinder by a horizontal thread
AB as shown in the diagram. The particle initially rests on the
horizontal plane. A horizontal velocity is imparted to the particle v
o
normal to the just taut thread. During subsequent motion point R
out the false statement:
B A
(A) Angular momentum of particle about O remains constant
(B) Angular momentum about B remains constant
(C) Momentum and kinetic energy both remain constant
(D) Kinetic energy remains constant
4
3. Consider the following conclusions regarding the components of an electric field at a certain point
in space given by Ex  Ky, E y  Kx, Ez  0 .
(A) The field is conservative (B) The field is non-conservative
(C) The field lines are straight (D) The field lines are circle
  x 
4. The equation of a wave is y  4 sin   2t   , where y and x are in centimeters and t in
2  8 
seconds.
(A) The amplitude, wavelength, velocity and frequency of wave are 4 cm, 16 cm, 32 cm/s and 1
Hz respectively
(B) The amplitude, wavelength, velocity and frequency of wave are 4 cm, 32 cm, 16 cm/s and 0.5
Hz respectively
(C) Two positions occupied by the particle at time interval of 0.45 s have a phase difference of
0.4 radian
(D) Two positions occupied by the particle at separation of 12 cm have phase difference of 135o
5. In YDSE two wavelengths of light are used simultaneously where  2  21 . In the fringe pattern
observed over the screen
(A) Maxima of wavelength  2 can coincide with minima of wavelength 1
(B) Fringe width of  2 will be double that of fringe width of 1 and nth order maxima of  2 will
coincide with 2nth order maxima of 1
(C) Minima of wavelength  2 may coincide with maxima of wavelength 1
(D) None of the above
6. When a point light source of power W emitting monochromatic light of wavelength  is kept at
large distance a from a photosensitive surface of work function  and area S. We will have
W S
(A) Number of photons striking the surface per unit time is
4hCa2
hC  
(B) The maximum energy of striking photoelectron is

e  hC   
(C) Stopping potential is

hC
(D) Photo emission takes place only if  lies in range 0   

5
o
7. When barium is irradiated by a light of   4000 A all the photoelectrons emitted are bent in
circles of maximum radius 50 cm by a magnetic field of flux density 5.26 x 10–6 T acting
perpendicular to plane of emission of photoelectrons. Then,
(A) Kinetic energy of fastest photoelectron is 0.6 eV
(B) Work function of metal is 2.5 eV
(C) Maximum velocity of photoelectron is 0.46 x 106 m/s
(D) Stopping potential for photoelectric effect is 0.6 V
8. A nuclide A undergoes  decay and another nuclide B undergoes  decay. Then,

(A) All the  particles emitted by A will have almost the same speed
(B) The  particle emitted by B will have widely different speeds
(C) All the  particles emitted by B will have almost the same speed
(D) The  particles emitted by B may have widely different speeds
Comprehension Type
correct.
A small ball B is suspended with a light inextensible string of length L m

attached to a block of same mass m which can move on smooth
horizontal plane as shown in the diagram. The ball is displaced by an
angle  from equilibrium position and then released.  L
L
4=0
B
9. The displacement of block when ball reaches equilibrium position is

L sin 
(A) (B) L sin
2
(C) L (D) None
6
10. Tension in string when it is vertical is

(A) mg (B) mg  2  cos  
(C) mg  3  2cos   (D) None
A cylinder containing an ideal gas and closed by a movable piston is submerged in an ice water mixture.
The piston is quickly pushed down from position (1) to position (2) (process AB). The piston is held at
position (2) until the gas is again at 0oC (process BC). Then the piston is slowly raised back to position
(1) (process CA).
Position(1)
11. Which of the following P-V diagrams correctly represents the process AB, BC, CA and the cycle
ABCA?
(A) P (B)
A
A
C
B C B
V
V2 V1 V2
(C) (D)
B
A
C
B C
A
V V
V2 V1 V2 V1
7
12. If 100 g of ice is melted during the cycle ABCA, how much work is done on the gas?
(A) 8 K cal (B) 5 K cal
(C) 2.1 K J (D) 4.2 K J
A glass sphere of radius 2R and refractive index n has a spherical cavity of radius R, concentric with it.
2R
O
R S1
13. When viewer is on left side of the hollow sphere, what will be shift in position of the object?
n  1 R n  1 R
(A) , right (B) , right
n  1 n  1
 2n  1 R 2  n  1 R
(C) , left (D) , left
 2n  1 n  1
14. When viewer is on the right side of the hollow sphere, what will be the apparent change in the
position of the object?
n  1 R n  1 R
(A) , towards left (B) , towards left
 3n  1  3n  1
n  1 R n  1 R
(C) , towards right (D) , towards right
 3n  1  3n  1
8
o
Consider a hypothetical hydrogen like atom. The wavelength in A , for spherical lines of transition from n
1500P2
= P to n = 1 are given by   2 , where P = 1, 2, 3, 4, ………
P 1
15. Find wavelength of most energetic photons in this series.

o o
(A) 1800 A (B) 1500 A
o o
(C) 1300 A (D) 1650 A
16. Find ionization potential of this element.

(A) 3.96 V (B) 9.23 V
(C) 6.34 V (D) 8.28 V
9
(Match List Type)

17. A particle starts with velocity v 0 along negative direction of motion under the acceleration v/s time
curve as given:
a
ao
to
t
2v 0
If t 0  , then
a0
t
(P) Velocity v/s time curve of the particle is (1)
(Q) Displacement v/s time curve is (2) t
(R) Velocity of the particle is (3) Never positive

(S) Displacement of the particle is (4) Never negative
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 3 3
(B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 2 1 4 3
(D) 2 1 3 4
10
18. Two blocks A and B of masses m and 2m respectively are connected by a massless spring of
spring constant K. This system lies over a smooth horizontal surface. At t = 0, block A has
velocity u towards right as shown, while the speed of block B is zero and the length of spring is
natural. In each situation of List I, certain statements are given in List II. Match them.
B A
m 2m u
(P) The velocity of block A (1) Can never be zero
(Q) The velocity of block B (2) May be zero at certain moment
Is maximum at maximum
(R) The kinetic energy of the system (3)
compression of spring
Is maximum at minimum
(S) The potential energy of spring (4)
extension of spring
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 1 2 1 2
(C) 4 3 1 2
(D) 4 2 1 3
11
19. A cubical block having cross section of side 2 m and of mass M = 10 kg is resting over a platform
moving at constant acceleration a = 1 m/s2. Coefficient of friction between the block and platform
is   0.1 . A force F acts at the top of cube as shown in diagram. Now, match List I with List II.
F
2m. M
a=1m/s2
2m.
Block neither slips nor topple
(P) F=0N (1)
over the platform
Block topples but does not slip
(Q) F = 45 N (2)
over the platform
Block slips but does not topple
(R) F = 15 N (3)
over the platform
Block slips as well as topples on
(S) F = 25 N (4)
the platform
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 4 1 3 1
(C) 4 1 2 3
(D) 1 4 1 3
12
20. A white light ray is incident on a glass prism and it creates four refracted rays A, B, C and D.
Match the refracted rays with the colours given (1 and D are rays due to total internal reflection).
B
A
1
D
Incident ray
List – I (Ray) List – II (Colour)

(P) A (1) Red
(Q) B (2) Green
(R) C (3) Yellow
(S) D (4) Blue
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 1 3 2 4
(C) 4 3 2 1
(D) 4 2 3 1
13
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following is/are incorrect ?

(A) D  Glucose and D  fructose form same osazone
(B) aldoses are reducing sugars while ketoses are non reducing sugars
(C) all disaccharides are non reducing sugars
(D) Aldopentose can be converted into aldohexose by ruff degradation.
2. PhNO 2 Zn
 A 
NH4 Cl

Tollen' sRe agent
 B organic compound , which is/are incorrect?
(A) A gives Tollen’s test
(B) A is aldehyde
(C) A is aniline
(D) A forms complex with Tollen’s reagent but not gives silver mirror
Ags | AgBrs | Br 0.01M || Cl0.2M | AgCls | Ags If KSP of AgBr & AgCl at 25 C are 10
o -12
3. & 10-10
respectively find which is/are true for above cell at 25oC (log 2 =0.3)
(A) as E0Ag / Ag is not given so Ecell can not be determined
(B) Ecell is 0.041 Volt
(C) G  0
(D) E0cell can not be determined as data is insufficient
4. Which of the following will produce red colour when treated with NH4  Ce NO3 6 
(A) CH3OH (B) OH
(C) OH (D) PhOH
14
5. Which will show geometrical isomerism and atleast one form is optically active (AB is
unsymmetrical bidentate ligand)?
(A) M(AB)3 (B) Mabcd (tetrahedral)
(C) Ma3b3 (D) Ma4b2
6. Which of the following is correct reaction?

OEt I
conc HI + EtOH
(A)

(B) PhCH2OMe conc. HBr PhCH2Br+ MeBr


(C) O C2H5 I + OH
anhyd H I
i) OH-
(D)
ii) HCHO
iii) H2O
O CH2OH O
O
O
15
7. Which is / are true for following reactions?

n - BuLi
(i) A + B (B does not contain  bond)
(ii) A Cl - CH2OMe
C
(A) B can be prepared by corey house synthesis

(B) C after hydrogenation is treated with 1 eq. conc. HI, and produces an alkyl halide with highest
density
(C) C does not decolorizes Br2 - water
(D) A is organometallic compound
8. OCOCD3
H2C *
CH AcOH
 
2 warm
Br
Which of the following will be obtained in the above reaction?
OCOCD3 OCOCD3
(A) H2C *
CH (B) H2C CH2
2
*
OAc OAc
CD3
(C) H2C CH (D) H2C CH2
OAc OAc
16
Comprehension Type
correct.
(i) CH2N2  HCl 

 A B
(ii) A 
aq. OH
C
(iii) C 
Na
D  E 
(iv) D+
Cl
9. What is the product of step (iv)?
(A) (B)
OC2H5
(C) (D) None
10. Which of the following can’t be reduced by H2?

(A) F2 (B) O2
(C) P2 (g) (D) Sr
17
When glucose is heated with 12% HCl aromatic product A is obtained which on further reaction with HCl
produces mainly two acids B & C among which B has high molecular weight than C.
11. What is the structure of ‘A’?
(A) CH3 CH2OH (B) HO CH2 CHO

O O
CH2OH
O
(C) (D)
12. The acid ‘C’ can not

(A) reduce Tollen’s reagent (B) gives esterification reaction with alcohols
(C) give redox reaction with Na metal (D) form anhydride

Co- ordination complexes can show stereoisomerism. Square planar complexes of Ma2b2 type can show
geometrical isomerism but not optical & octahedral complexes of Ma2b2C2,Ma3b3, Mabcdef etc. show
stereoisomerism eg. Mabcdef has 15 geometrical isomers & all are optically active so if has 15 pairs of
enantiomers thus in totality it has 30 stereoisomers.
13. How many pair of enantiomers exist for Ma2b2C2?

(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 4
18
14. CoClSO 4 .5NH3 ,Pt SCN2 .3PEt 3 ,FeCl2 .6H2 O

(A) linkage (B) hydrate
(C) ionization (D) optical
Out of above mentioned isomerism, one isomerism is not shown by any of the three given
complexes identify that isomerism.

Carbohydrates is an important class of biomolecules. Carbohydrates perform numerous roles in living
organisms. Polysaccharides serve for the storage of energy and as structural components in plants. It
can be defined as polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones or the compounds which give these on
hydrolysis. Various types of classification are given for carbohydrates, e.g. monosaccharides,
oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
15. D-mannose & D-glucose differ in configuration only at C-2. Thus the pyranose form of D-
mannose is
CH2OH CH2OH
OH H H
H O O
H H
(A) (B) OH H
OH H
OH H OH OH
H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
HO OH H H
O O
(C) H (D) H
OH H OH OH
H H OH OH
H OH H H
19
16. Which of the following can reduce Tollen’s reagent?

CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
OH O H H O OH OH O H
H H H
(A) (B)
H OH OH H H OH
CH3 O H H OMe
OH H H OH OH H
Me CH2OH
H O OH H O Me
OH H
(C) (D)
OH H H H
HO Me HO OMe
H OH OH OH
20
(Match List Type)


CH2 HN N NH CH2
N N
(P) (1) PEA
NH
H 2C
n
O
NH (CH2) 5 C
(Q) (2) Dacron
n
CH2 CH
(R) (3) Perlon
COOEt n
O O
(S) O CH2 CH2 O C C (4) Melmac

n
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 2 1 3 4
(B) 4 3 1 2
(C) 3 2 4 1
(D) 1 4 2 3
21

List - I List - II
(P) Cr gly   (1) All d-electrons are paired
 3 
(Q) CoBr Cl OH 

3 (2) Mag moment  0
 2 2 2 
(R) 3 (3) Can show optical isomerism

Co NH  
 3 6 
(S) Na PtBrCl NO2 NH3  (4) Can show geometrical isomerism
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 2,3,4 2,3,4 1 1,4
(B) 1,3,4 2,4 2,3 1,3,4
(C) 2,3 1,4 2 3,4
(D) 3,4 1,3 2,4 3

List I List II (Reaction of gas evolved in list I)
(P) A sulphite salt treated with dil. H2SO4 and (1) Acidified K2Cr2O7 turns green
a gas is evolved
(Q) A carbonate is treated with dil. H2SO4 & a (2) Reacts with NH3 to give N2
gas is evolved
(R) NaBr treated with conc. H2SO4 and gas is (3) Baryta water turns milky
evolved
(S) A sulphide salt is treated with dil. H2SO4 (4) Alkaline nitroprusside turns violet (in
and a gas is evolved alkaline medium)
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1,3 3 2 1,4
(B) 1,2 3,4 2,4 1,2
(C) 2,4 1,3 1,4 2,3
(D) 2,3 1,2 3,4 1,4
22

x mole ammonium sulphate is added to 500 ml of
0.01 M NH4OH solution (keeping volume constant)
(P) and pH of resulting buffer solution is 8.26. pKa for (1) 0.088
o
NH4 is 9.26 at 25 C. x is
x mole HCl is required to prepare a buffer solution
(with pH 8.5) with 0.1 mole of NaCN in 1 litre
(Q)  (2) 0.025
solution. pKb of CN is 4.61 at 25oC. x is ……..
(log7.8 = 0.89)
Equal volumes of 0.1 M CH3COOH and 0.1 M
(R) NH4OH are mixed at 25oC (pKa of CH3COOH = 4.74 (3) 10
and pKb = 4.74). Final pH is
Find pH of 0.2 M Na2HPO4, if K a1 , K a2 and K a3 of
(S) (4) 7
H3PO4 are 10–3, 10–7 and 10–13 respectively (at 25oC).
pH is independent of
(5)
concentration
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3,5
(B) 2 1 5 3
(C) 1 2 4,5 4,5
(D) 2 1 4,5 3,5
23

SECTION – A
3 f  x
1. If f  x   3x 2 f  x   x 3  0 , then  dx is equal to
x
(A) f  x  c (B)  f  x   c
(C) 2 f  x  c (D) xf '  x   c
x
x
2. If f is continuous and one-one function for x  0 and  f  t  dt  2  f  0  f  x   ,
0
then
correct option may be

(A) f '  x   0; f ''  x   0 (B) f '  x   0; f ''  x   0
(C) f '  x   0; f ''  x   0 (D) f '  x   0; f ''  x   0
 0 
and det  2 A  2 A   144 , then possible correct statement is (for real part)
2
3. If A   
2 
(A) tr  A   6 (B) det  A   9
(C) det  A   4 (D) tr  A   1
  x2 , x0
4. If f  x    2 and x  0 is point of maxima, then
 a  2a    b  2  x, x  0
2

(A) a   0, 2  for b   2, 2  (B) a  0, 2 for b  R   2,  2 
(C) a  0, 2 for b  R   2,  2  (D) a  R   0, 2  for b  R    2, 2 
24
5. If Pn  1  cos 2n 1   sin2n1  and Qn  1  tan2n 1  such that  P1Q0   P2 Q1   ......... Pn Qn 1   1 ,
then  may be
 
(A) (B)
65 257
 
(C) (D)
33 31
  
6.    
If u  x   xiˆ   sin x  ˆj  1  sin x  kˆ , v  x   î  cos x ˆj  kˆ and w  x   sin x ˆj  kˆ , all are linearly
 2 
dependent vectors for x   , then   can be equal to
  
(A) 101 (B) 1001
(C) 2012 (D) 2011
7. If f(x) is a polynomial of degree three with leading coefficient as unity s.t f(1) = 1; f(3) = 9 & f’(1) =
2, then
(A) f’(x) = 2x has at least one between (1,3)
(B) f”(x) = 2 has at least one root between (1, 7/3)
d  f(x)  x 3 
(C)   at x = 1 is equal to 1
dx   x  1 2 
 
(D) sum of root of f(x) = 0 is 3
x  1  f 2 (x)
8. If f(x) = is an odd function where [.] denotes greatest integer part, then:
1 x2
(A) f(x) is invertible for [-1,1]
(B) f(x) = f-1(x) has no solution 1  x  1.
(C) |f(x)| = K has four solution for 0 < K < 1.
(D) f(x) is differentiable for all R
25
Comprehension Type
correct.

 AB  iˆ   ˆj   kˆ
In ABC ,   and area of ABC   .
 AC  iˆ   ˆj   kˆ

9. The greatest value of length of side BC , when AB and AC are minimum, is
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 2 3

10. The least value of is

(A) 1 (B) 2
1
(C) 2 2 (D)
2
Consider two quadratic expressions p(x) & q(x) s.t p(o) = P(4) = q(1) = q(5) = 3 having leading coefficient
as unity & p(2) = q(3) = – 1 then
p( ) p()
11. If  = k for    & K>1 lim   m; lim   n;
q( ) q() k  k 
Where m & n are integers, then

(A) m  n  2 (B) m  n  3
(C) m  n  2 (D) m  n  4
26
12. If P( )  q( )  0  P()  q() for two distinct value of  + ; then
(A)     5 (B)   5
1 1 11
(C)     3 (D)  
  10
x2 y 2
Consider   1 is given hyperbola or ellipse & a line y = mx + c intersect the hyperbola exactly at
9 7
one point  ,   & touches it’s director circle, then-
13. |c| is equal to, where “e” is eccentricity of hyperbola.

2 2
(A) e (B) e
7 7
e
(C) e 2 (D)
2
14. The value of |  | 7  3 |  | , where [.] denotes greatest Integer part.
(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 7
If f(x) & g (x) are two real valued functions such that
 8 2
  3f ' x for x  1 3
f(sin x)  f(cos x)  2x  and F  x  =    & g(x)  F(x) .
2  4
0 for x 2  1
15. The range of f  x  is

 3   3 
(A)   , (B)   , 
 2   2 
 3  
(C)   ,  (D) none of these
 2 2
27
x  3 
16. The only one solution of f  x   sin    for   x  is  . Then
2 4 2 2
(A) 1     (B) 1    
(C)  1 (D)   1
(Match List Type)

17. Match the equations in List I to solution in List II:

List I List II
2 x 1    2  k
(P) tan    e for 0 < x <1 (1) Only one solution for K   0,1/ e 
 2 2x   
 1 
(Q) ln x  kx has (2) Only one solution for k    ,0 
 e 
 1 
(R) xex  k has (3) Two solution for k   ,0 
 e 
 1
(S) xlnx  k has (4) Two distinct solutions for K   0, 
 e
 1
(5) No solution for k   0, 
 e
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 4 1,3 2,3
(B) 3,5 1,3 1 3
(C) 5 2 3 1,3
(D) 3,5 2,4 1,3 1,3
28
18. Match the locus of ‘z’ in List I from List II:

List I List II
(P) Straight line (1) If  2  i  z   2  i z  4  0 then z lies on
(Q) Circle (2) If | z  3 |  | z  3 |  6 then z lies on.
(R) Parabola (3) If z3 z  zz 3  2  z 2  z 2   4 | z |2 2  then
z lies on
(S) Hyperbola (4)  z3  z 2   4 Re (z) ×
 z  z  2

  z  z   0 then z lies on
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1,2 3 4 2,3
(B) 1,3 4 2 2,3
(C) 1,4 2 2,3 3
(D) 1,2 2 4 2,3
2
19. Given y  ax  bx  c is a quadratic expression for x  [0, 2], y falls completely in [0, 1] and
b
  (0, 2). Then, for a  0 , match the following:
2a
List I List II
(P) The value of c may be (1) 0
(Q) The value of 2a  b may be (2) 1
(R)  2
(3) 1
If is a root of ax  bx  c  0 , then  may be
a 2
(S) (4)
The sum of roots of ax  bx  c  0 is  p  p  3 4
2 2
3
for p  R , then the value of a can’t be
(5) 2
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1,2 3 1,3 2,4,5
(B) 1 1,3 2 2,4
(C) 1,2 3 3 2,4
(D) 1,3 3 1,3 4,5
29

List I List II
x
sin t 
If f  x    dt for  x   , then
3 t 2 2
(P) 2
(1)
  3
f     f  x  dx
2 2 3
(Q) If x  y  z  4 and x 2  y 2  z2  6 , then least value of
(2) 2
x is
(R) If all the two digit numbers from 19 to 92 are written
consecutively to form the number N = 1
(3)
19202122……9192, the largest power of 3 that divides 2
N is
(S) If z  C such that z  1  z  3  8 , then minimum
1 (4) 1
value of z  1 is equal to
3
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 1 4 2
(B) 1 4 3 2
(C) 1 1 4 3
(D) 3 4 1 2
FULL TEST – IV
Paper 1

 Yo u a r e n o t a ll o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha ll b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 to 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Each question carries +2 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Section-A (11 to 15) contains 5 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
answer.
(ii) Section-C (01 to 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct.
1. A cylindrical block of radius R, height h and density  is floating in liquid of density 2 contained
in a cylindrical container of radius 2R. Time period of small vertical oscillations of the block is
5h 3h
(A) 2 (B) 
6g 2g
h h
(C) 2 (D) 
2g 2g
2. A charge particle of mass m and charge q is suspended with the

help of a string having breaking strength of 2mg and mass having
co-ordinates 1, 
3 while the space carries a uniform magnetic
m, q

field in cylindrical region with centre at origin and radius R = 2 m.
Maximum charge q if string does not break at the instant
magnetic field start increasing with rate 0.5 Tesla per second is
  R 
1, 3 
(A) 4mg (B) 8mg   
(C) 2mg (D) None  
 K
3. In a certain region of space gravitational field is given by g     . Taking potential at r = r0 to
 r
be V0 the potential at any general point is given by
r  r 
(A) V  K ln    V0 (B) V  K ln    V0
 r0   r0 
r  r 
(C) V  K ln  0   V0 (D) V  K ln  0   V0
r  r 
4
4. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius R exerts a

gravitational force F1 on a particle at P. A spherical cavity of
R R P
R
radius is now removed from the sphere. Now the same
2 2
sphere (with cavity) exerts a gravitational force F2 on the same
F 2R
particle at P. Then, 1 is
F2
9 7
(A) (B)
7 9
1 4
(C) (D)
2 3
5. A cylinder of height h and radius R is made to move with constant velocity v at small angle  with
its flat bottom or flat top. In a polluted atmosphere having uniform and stagnant dust density  .
If dust particles stick to cylinder on striking them neglecting any change in size of cylinder, power
to be delivered to cylinder to maintain its velocity is
(A) 2v 2Rh (B) 2v 3Rh
(C) 2v 3Rhcos   v 3 R 2 sin  (D) None
6. Each of the pictures shows four objects tied together with rubber bands being pulled to right
across a horizontal smooth surface by a horizontal force F. All the objects have same mass, all
rubber bands are identical naturally and obey Hook’s law. Then which of the following possibility
of the arrangement is most correct?
x x
(A)
1 2 3
(B)
3 2 1
(C)
z z z
(D)
5
7. A, B, C, D, E and F are conducting plates each of area A and A B C D E

any two consecutive plates with separation d. The net energy
stored in system after the switch S is closed is
30 AV 2 50 AV 2
(A) (B)
2d 12d
2
 AV  AV 2
(C) 0 (D) 0
2d d
8. When the string of a sonometer wire of length L between the bridges vibrate in the first overtone,
the amplitude of vibration is maximum at
L L 3L
(A) (B) and
2 4 4
L 3L 5L L 3L 5L 7L
(C) , and (D) , , ,
6 6 6 8 8 8 8
9. A cubical container is filled with a liquid whose refractive index increases linearly from top to
bottom. Which of the following represents the path of a ray of light inside the liquid?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
10. A convex lens of focal length 20 cm and

another plano convex lens of focal length 40
cm are placed coaxially as shown in the
diagram. The plano convex lens is silvered at
plane surface. If final image of object O is 10 cm d
formed on itself, then find the value of d.
(A) 10 cm
(B) 40 cm
(C) 20 cm
(D) 80 cm
6

11. A uniformly charged non-conducting ring is rotating with angular velocity 1 about its axis in
gravity free space and a nearly horizontal but uniform magnetic field B is switched on, then after
some time
(A) Angular momentum of the ring must be parallel to its angular velocity
(B) Magnitude of angular momentum may be more than mR 2 1
(C) Magnitude of angular momentum must be equal to mR 2 1
(D) Angular momentum must be coplanar with angular velocity
12. A steel ball of mass 2m suffers one dimensional elastic collision with a row of three steel balls
each of mass m. If ball of mass 2m has velocity v initially and the three balls with small
separation were at rest. Then, after all possible collisions
2m m m m
v
1 2 3
(A) Ball 1 and ball of mass 2m would remain at rest
4v 0
(B) Ball 2 moves with velocity towards right
9
4v 0
(C) Ball 3 moves towards right with velocity
3
(D) Ball of mass 2m moves towards right with velocity one fourth that of ball 1
13. A man is standing over a plank which is placed over a smooth

horizontal surface. There is sufficient friction between feet of man and
plank. Now, man starts running over the plank. Then, work done by
friction
(A) On man w.r.t. ground is negative
(B) On man w.r.t. ground is positive
(C) On plank w.r.t. ground is positive
(D) On man w.r.t. plank is zero
7
14. A liquid is filled upto height h in a rectangular vessel as shown in figure. Then, find correct
option(s):
 h 
(A) Only if    horizontal component of forces on left and right side of inclined faces will be
equal and opposite
(B) If    horizontal component of forces on left and right side of inclined faces are not equal
(C) If    still horizontal component of forces on the left and right inclined faces are equal and
opposite
(D) If base area is A, then force on bottom by liquid is more than ghA
15. For an ideal gas at very high temperature,

3R
(A) C V  for a monoatomic gas
2
3R
(B) C V  for a monoatomic gas
2
5R
(C) C V  for a diatomic or linear poly atomic gas
2
5R
(D) C V  for a diatomic gas
2
8
SECTION – C
This section contains 5 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to 9
(both inclusive).
1. A non-conducting block of mass 1 kg and charge 1 C is connected to a non-

conducting spring of force constant K   2 N/m and released. After one second K
from release a vertical uniform electric field 10 N/C is switched on. If time after
switching on the electric field spring returns back to its natural length is T, then
1
find .
T
2. A particle of charge q and mass m is projected with velocity 200 m/s at an angle of 60o with x-
axis. At the instant speed of projectile becomes minimum a uniform magnetic field B0 kˆ is
2
switched on. If time of flight of particle is T, then find . (Given: m = 1 kg, q = 0.1 C, B = 1 T)
T
3. Figure shows two conducting thin concentric shells of radii r and 3r. The outer shell carries a
charge q and the inner shell is neutral. The amount of charge that flows from inner shell to the
earth after key K is closed is equal to nth part of charge of outer shell. Then the value of n
is ………
4. A vessel contains helium, which expands at constant pressure when 15 KJ of heat is supplied to
it. What will be the variation in internal energy of gas in KJ?
5. Two identical sinusoidal waves travel in opposite direction in a 15 m long wire and produce a
standing wave in the wire with nodes at ends. If speed of wave is 12 m/s and there are 6 nodes
in standing wave, find the frequency (in Hz) of wave.
9
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following process is used to remove temporary as well as permanent hardness of
water?
(A) only boiling (B) adding lime & boiling
(C) adding Ca(OH)2 (D) adding Na2CO3
2. When 10 gm mixture of KI and Fe2(SO4)3 is treated with 200 cc HCl, gives a solution which
N
consumes 40 ml Na2S2O3 solution. Then the correct statement is/are
10
M
(A) Equivalent weight of iodine in the reaction is
2
(B) Percentage of KI in the mixture is 66.4%
(C) Sodium thiosulphate is converted to Na4S4O6
(D) Percentage of Fe2(SO4)3 is 66.4%
3. Both AgCNS and AgBr are simultaneously dissolved in water. Ksp(AgBr) 5 × 10-13; Ksp(AgCNS) =
8.5 x 10-12. The concentration of Ag+ in final solution will be
(A) 4 × 10–7 M (B) 2 × 10–7 M
(C) 3 × 10–6 M (D) 6.2 × 10–7 M
4. Compare basic strength of following compounds

Aniline o-toluidine m-toluidine p-toluidine o-anisidine
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5 (B) 2 > 5 > 3 > 4 > 1
(C) 4 > 3 > 1 > 5 > 2 (D) None of these
10
Na S O H O
5. AgNO3 
2 2 3
 A 
 2
B
White Black
PPt PPt
Black PPt is
(A) Na3  Ag(S2O3 )2  (B) Ag2S4 O6
(C) Ag2O (D) Ag2 S
6. When glucose is heated with conc. H2SO4, charring occurs, it is due to

(A) Reduction of glucose (B) Oxidation of glucose
(C) Dehydration of glucose (D) Mutarotation of glucose
4
7. IUPAC name of Fe O2 CN4 Cl is
(A) chloridortetracyanodioxoferrate (II) ion
(B) chloridortetracyanoperoxoferrate (II) ion
(C) chloridortetracyanosuperoxoferrate (II) ion
(D) tetracyanochloridosuperoxoferrate (II) ion
8. The   acid ligand which uses its d-orbital during synergic bonding in its complex compound is
(A) CN (B) PR3
(C) NO (D) N2
9. Efficiency of a cell with cell reaction under standard condition is 85%.

2
A (s)  B(aq)  A 2(aq)  B(s) ;    285kJ
The E0cell is:
(A) 1.26 V (B) 1.34 V
(C) 2.96 V (D) 2.07 V
11
10.
DMSO _
C2H5  CH2  Cl 
Py,
A  B  Cl
(has two C
atoms per N+
molecule)
H
Which is true?
(A) A gives Lucas test
(B) A does not give Schiff’s test
(C) B can be used in reductive ozonolysis of alkenes
(D) A gives smell of burning S on combustion

11. Me Me N2H4
C C Product
Me H H2O2
What is/are not the product of above reaction?

(A) NH2 OH (B) NH2 NH2
H H
(C) H H (D) OH OH
C C
H H
12. Which of the following crystal system does/do not have more than one Bravais lattice?
(A) Triclinic (B) Monoclinic
(C) Rhombohedral (D) hexagonal
12
13. Which is/are white or not coloured?

2 2
(A) Co(SCN)4  (B) Fe(H2 O)5 SCN
(C) CuSO4 .5H2O (D) anhyd CuSO4
14. Which is/are true for the following reaction?

O2
H5C2 O C2H5 A+B
hv
Fe2+
KCNS
red color
(A) Compounds A & B are explosives

(B) If compounds A & B are present in ether, then prior to its use, A & B must be removed from
ether
(C) Compounds A & B can not be removed by adding Fe3+
(D) When compounds A & B are treated with Fe2+ followed by KCNS, no redox reaction is
involved
15. NaNO2  HCl converts an amino acid into hydroxyl acid with retention of configuration.
Estimation of N2 gas evolved in the reaction is the basis of van slyke estimation of amino acids,
which of the following can be analysed by this method?
(A) Cysteine (B) Proline
(C) Histidine (D) Valine
13
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. How many moles I2 is consumed per mole of isopropanol?

H3C CH CH3 + I 2 + OH  CHI3  CH3 COO   I  H2 O
OH
2. How many octahedral voids per unit cell of BCC are present?
3. The coagulation of 20 ml standard gold sol is completely prevented by addition of 0.04 gm

x
starch solution to it. The gold number of starch solution is 2 x 10 . Find x.
1
4. If H2 (g) + O2 (g)  H2O (l) (Let Cp = 32 J/K and H at 27oC = –28.58 KJ/mol) reaction
2
is carried out at 87oC in a fuel cell with 90% efficiency. The electrical energy produced is 3 x a
KJ/mol. Find a (to nearest integer). (Let Cp remains same in this temperature range)
14
5. In how many of the following reactions end product is meso?

H
D Br i) NaI, acetone
(a) 
ii) Baeyer's reagent

D Br
H
H3C H
m-CPBA
(b)  
H CH3
C2H5 C2H5

H / H2 O
(c)  
H O H
C2H5
H Cl
i) NaI, acetone
(d) 
ii) Baeyer's reagent

H Cl
C2H5
H3C H
i) MeCO3 H
(e) 
ii) H / H O
2
H C2H5
i) OsO4
(f) 
ii) NaHSO3

H H
i) H2 / Ni2B
(g) H3C C C CH3 
ii) cold dil. alk. KMnO4

Me Et
Br2
(h) 
in CCl4

D Et
15

SECTION – A
  4
I
1. If I   f  tan2x  cos x dx and J 
0
 f  cot 2x  sin x dx , where f  x   f  x  , then
0 J
is equal to
1
(A) 2 (B)
2
1
(C) 2 2 (D)
2 2
2. If A   aij 
2 2
, B  bij 
2 2
such that aij  f x  2i j  2
 and b ij  f  x 2 i  j 1  and
 2  1   1  
  x f  x  f 1   1  x 4  f  x 2   1x
    
A  BT   , then  f  t  dt is always equal to
  1  1  1  1  f 1   x
 f   1  2   2 f  
  x  x  x  x  
(A) f 1 (B) f 1  1
(C) f 1  1 (D) None of these
3. If f  x    cos x  iˆ   sin x  ˆj   cos 2 x  kˆ , g  x    tan x  iˆ   sin 3x  ˆj   cos 4 x  kˆ and
h  x    cos 3 x  iˆ   sin 5 x  ˆj   cos 6 x  kˆ are three variable vectors given, then


  f  x  , g  x  , h  x  dx , where [.] denotes scalar triple product, is belonging to

0
(A)  1, 0  (B)  0, 1

(C)  ,  1  1,   (D) (–1, 1)
16
    
4.   
If a1  aiˆ  bjˆ , a2  a1  2iˆ  5 ˆj and a3  a1  2iˆ  5 ˆj , then 
     
1  a1.a1 1  a1.a2 1  a1 .a3
     
1  a2 .a2 1  a2 .a2 1  a2 .a3 is equal to
     
1  a3 .a1 1  a3 .a2 1  a3 .a3
(A) 0 (B) 20
(C) 40 (D) 80
 2
sin 3 x dx
5. 
0 1  tan x 

1 1 1 1
(A) 
2 2 2
ln 2  1   (B) 
2 2 2
ln  
2 1
1 1
(C)
2

2
ln 2  1   (D) None of these
6. If f  x   sin x and g  x   f '  x  , then maximum value of g  n  for n  I is

(A) 0 (B) 1
(C)  (D) 2
n n
7. If f  x   tan x  tan2 x tan 2x and g  n    f  2n  , then g  2013   tan  22014  is equal to
n0
(A) 0 (B) tan1

(C)  tan1 (D) None of these
17
8. The value of product

  
sin sin 3 sin n
2  2  .......... 2  ......... upto  is
2   2    2   
tan tan   tan tan 3 tan 2  tan 3 tan n tan n 1  tan n
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
 
(A) 1 for   (B) 1 for  
2 4
1  2 
(C) for   (D) for  
2 4  4
x  1
9. If f(x)  x  R   &   1 &   1 is a self – inverse function such that
x
f(4) f(12)  1  
  f  , then “” is equal to
4 12  1  
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 8 (D) 16
h1(x)  h1(1)
10. If f(x)  x  1 & g1(x)  x 3  x  1 , let gof(x) = h(x), then It
x 1 x 1
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 1 (D) 8

2
2 x 2  x 1  x  p 2 1  1   
11. If 1 1  x3  dx  ln  q   3 cos  m   6 , p, q  I , HCF (p, q) = 1, then
2 2
(A) p  m  1 (B) p  m
2
(C) q  m  1 (D) pq  4m
18
 1 1
12. If a singular matrix A   aij  always commute with B    , then
 2 1
2 2
(A) a11  a22 (B) a11  2a12

(C) a21  2a12 (D) a11  2a21
13. If logk a  a and logk b  b for exactly two distinct positive real numbers a and b, then k can’t be
equal to
1 2
(A) e 2e (B) e e
1 1
(C) e 2 (D) e 3
cos x  1 cos 2 x 1  sin2 x

14. If   x    sin x  sin2x sin2x , then
sin x 22 sin2x 22 cos 2x
2 2
(A)    x  dx  4 (B)    x  dx  4
0 0
 
(C)    x  dx  4
2
(D)    x  dx  4
2
15. If curve A  z :| z  3 |  | z  3 | 8 & B  z :| z  3 | K, K  R  touches the curve ‘A’

internally, and given another curve C  z | z  3 |  | z  3 |  4, then;
(A) A & C intersect orthogonally & k = 1
(B) K = 1
(C) K = 3/2
(D) B touches also C internally
19
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If I  
2
x 3  3x 2
3
dx and J  
 3 x  5  dx , then e I  J equals ………..
1
ln  x  1 2
ln  x  2 
2. Position vector of a point A is  aiˆ  bjˆ  ckˆ  2 2 2

and a  b  c  4 ; and position vector of
1
another point B is  piˆ  qjˆ  rkˆ  and p
 q 2  r 2  9 . Given AOB  2 cos 1 , where O is
2
5
origin. If AQ is perpendicular to angle bisector of AOB i.e. line OQD where D lies on AB, then
value of 25 QD = ?
3x2  1
3. If  f  x  , where f  x  is a constant function in 0  x  2 , then minimum value of
x4  x 2
2
 3x 2  1 dx
0 x4  x 2
is ………
4
4.  
If adj adj  adj A   adj  A , then number of entries in diagonal of A is ……..
5. If AB  BA  I such that A   aij  , B  bij  , aii  bii , a12  b12 , a21  b21 and aij
2 2 2 2
are co prime natural numbers, then a21  a12  ……….
FULL TEST – II
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
Caution: Question Paper CODE as given above MUST be correctly marked in the answer
OMR sheet before attempting the paper. Wrong CODE or no CODE will give wrong
results.

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 08) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section-A (09 – 12) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have more than one correct
answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
(ii) Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value and
each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-FT-II-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C /N-m
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct
1. A glass tube of 1.0 meter length is filled with water. The water can be drained out slowly at the
bottom of the tube. If a vibrating tuning fork of frequency 500Hz is brought at the upper end of the
tube and the velocity of sound is 330m/s then the total number of resonances
obtained will be
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
2. A loudspeaker emits sound of frequency f. The sound waves are reflected from a wall. The
arrangement is shown below.
Loudspeaker d d
S W
P Q R
Wall
When a microphone is moved along the line SW, minimum loudness of sound is detected at
points P, Q and R. There are no other minima between these points. The separation of the
minima is d. The speed of the sound wave is :
1
(A) fd (B) 4fd
2
(C) fd (D) 2fd
4
3. Consider a uniformly charged wire that has the form of a circular loop with radius b. Consider two
points on the axis of the loop. P1 is at a distance b from the loop's center, and P2 is at a distance
2b from the loop's center. The potential V is zero, very far away from the loop. At P1 and P2 the
potentials are V1 and V2, respectively. What is V2 in terms of V1?
P2
b
P1
2b
V1
(A) 2V1 (B)
2
5 2
(C) V1 (D) V1
2 5
4. Consider a uniformly charged hemispherical shell shown below. Indicate the directions (not
magnitude) of the electric field at the central point P1 and an off-centre point P2 on the drumhead
of the shell.
 P2  P1
+ +
+ +
+ +
+
+ +
+ +
++ +
+
++ +
++ +
+ +++ +
A ; B  ;
C ; D  ;
5
5. Two identical cylinders have a hole of radius a (a<<R) at its bottom. A ball of radius R is kept on
the hole and water is filled in the cylinder such that there is no water leakage from bottom. In
case-1 water is filled upto height h and in second case it is filled upto height 2h. If F1 is force by
liquid on sphere in case-1 and F2 is force by liquid on sphere in case-2 then.
2h
h  R
R
a a
(A) F1 =F2 =0 (B) F1 >F2
(C) F2 >F1 (D) F1 =F2  0
6. The diagram below shows the path taken by a monochromatic light ray travelling through three
media. The symbols v1 , 1 and f 1 represent the speed, wavelength, and frequency of the light in
Medium 1, respectively. Which of the following relationships for the light in the three media is true.
Medium1
Medium 2
Medium 3
(A) 1  2  3 (B) v1 <v3 <v 2

(C) f1 <f3 <f 2 (D) 2  1  3
6
7. Figure shows a thin metal sheet in the plane y = 0, for which the current of constant density flows
in the positive x-direction. It is in a constant homogeneous magnetic field of value = (0, 0, B0 ). As
a result of superposition of magnetic fields in region y > 0, the induction field B1 = (0, 0, B) and in
y < 0 is B2 = (0, 0, B2 ) where B1 > B2 . Specify the correct statement:
Z
B2 
B1

Y

(A) B0 
 B1  B2  (B) B0 
 B1  B2 
2 2
(C) B0  B1  B2 (D) B0  B1  B2
8. At ordinary temperature the molecules of an ideal gas have only translational and rotational
energy. At high temperature, they may also have vibrational energy. As a result of this at high
temperature.
3R 3R
(A) C V = for monoatomic gas (B) C V > for monoatomic gas
2 2
5R 5R
(C) C V < for Diatomic gas (D) C V > for Diatomic gas
2 2
7
for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
9. A long straight wire carries a steady current I1. Nearby is a rectangular loop that carries a steady
current I2. The directions of the two currents are shown in the figure.
I1
I2
Which statement is/are false?

(A) The loop is attracted to the wire
(B) There is no net force on the loop from the wire
(C) The loop is attracted to the wire if I1 > I2; otherwise it is repelled
(D) The loop is repelled from the wire if I1 > I2; otherwise it is attracted
10. Two concentric, coplanar, circular loop of wire, with different diameter carry current in the same
sense as shown in the figure. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?
(A) The magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a short portion of the inner loop is radially
outward
(B) The magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a short portion of the inner loop is radially
inward
(C) The net magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a whole inner loop is non zero and is
radially outward
(D) The net magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a whole inner loop is zero
8
11. In the circuit shownR1  R2  10 and resistance per unit length of wire PQ  1 / cm and
length PQ  10cm . If R2 is made 20 the to get zero deflection in galvanometer. S is midpoint
of wire PQ ?
R
R1 R2
12V
P S Q
G
(A) The jockey at P can be moved towards right 2 cm.
(B) The jockey at Q can be moved towards right 2 cm.
(C) The jockey at S can be moved towards left a distance 5/3 cm.
(D) The jockey at all positions fixed and R1 should be made 20
12. A constant external torque acts for a very brief period t on a rotating system having moment of
inertia I.
(A) The angular momentum of the system will change by  t
 t
(B) The angular velocity of the system will change by
I
2
(C) If the system was initially at rest, it will acquire rotational kinetic energy
 t 
2I
2
(D) The kinetic energy of the system will change by

 t 
2I
9
Comprehension Type
correct
If the velocity of a charged particle moving through a uniform magnetic field has a component parallel to
that field the particle will move in a helical path as shown in figure 1. The net force F on the particle can
be described by the equation.
F  qv B sin 
Where q is the charge on the particle, v is the velocity of the charge, B is the magnetic field strength, and
 is the angle between the velocity and the magnetic field. The pitch p of the helix is the distance
between adjacent turns. The radius r of the helix is determined by the component of velocity of the charge
perpendicular to the magnetic field and is independent of the component of the velocity parallel to the
magnetic field.
A nonuniform magnetic field that is stronger at its ends than at its middle can trap a charged particle by
reflecting it back and forth between ends. Such a situation is shown in figure 2. In a similar phenomenon
electrons and protons above the atmosphere are reflected back and forth between the north and south
poles of the earth's magnetic field forming the two Van Allen belts high above the atmosphere.
Occasionally a solar flare shoots additional electrons and protons into the Van Allen belts. This pushes
the electrons to a lesser height. The repulsion due to additional electrons drives the charged particles
along the earth's magnetic field lines into the atmosphere where they collide with the air molecules forcing
them to a higher energy level emitting photons. Oxygen atoms emit green light and nitrogen atoms emit
pink. This light forms the curtain of lights in the sky known in the northern hemisphere as the aurora
borealis
10
13. If the magnetic field in figure-2 represents a portion of the Earth's magnetic field, at which labelled
point would you except to find the aurora borealis?
(A) W (B) X
(C) Y (D) Z
14. The electrons and protons caught in the Van Allen belt reflect from one pole to the other. Looking
up from the North pole, electrons rotate counterclockwise. Protons rotate.
(A) Counterclockwise both when looking up from the North Pole or when looking up from the
South Pole.
(B) Clockwise both when looking up from the North Pole of when looking up from the South Pole.
(C) Clockwise when looking up from the North Pole but counterclockwise when looking up from
the South Pole.
(D) Counterclockwise when looking up from the North Pole but clockwise when looking up from
the South Pole.
A piano creates sound by gently striking a taut wire with a soft hammer when a key on the piano is
pressed. All piano wires in a given piano are approximately the same length. However, each wire is tied
down at two points, the bridge and the agraffe. The length of the wire between the bridge and the agraffe
is called the speaking length. The speaking length is the part of the wire that resonates. The point of the
wire struck by the hammer is displaced perpendicularly to the wire's length. A standing wave is generated
by the hammer strike, where is the velocity T is the tension in the wire, and μ is the mass per unit
length of the wire.
T
v

Tuning a piano involves adjustment of the tension in the wires until just the right pitch is achieved. Correct
pitch is achieved by listening to the beat frequency between the piano and a precalibrated tuning fork.
15. A piano note is compared to a tuning fork vibrating at 440 Hz. Three beats per second are
discerned by the piano tuner. When the tension in the string is increased slightly, the beat
frequency increases. What was the initial frequency of the piano wire?
(A) 434 Hz (B) 437 Hz
(C) 443 Hz (D) 446 Hz
16. Sound waves move through air at approximately 340 m/s. A piano wire with a 90 cm speaking
length resonates at a frequency of 360 Hz. What is the wavelength of the resulting sound wave ?
(A) 0.94 m (B) 1.06 m
(C) 4m (D) 1.8 m
11
The figure shows a cylindrical container, fitted with a piston. It contains two immiscible incompressible
liquids with densities ρ1 and ρ 2 . A block floats in equilibrium in the position shown.
17. Suppose the spring is initially in compressed state. Now, if the piston is moved downward slowly
then
(A) Spring will become more compressed.
(B) Spring will become less compressed.
(C) The compression in spring will remain same as before.
(D) The compression will depends on ρ1 and ρ 2 .
18. Suppose the spring is initially in compressed state. Now, if the whole system is moved with some
acceleration upward then
(A) Spring will become more compressed.
(B) Spring will become less compressed.
(C) The compression in spring will remain same as before.
(D) The compression will depend on ρ1 and ρ 2 .
12
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A uniform rod of length l = 1m is free to move and rotate in gravity-free space. When an impulse
is given to one end of the rod, perpendicular to its length, its centre of mass moves with velocity
v = 1 m/s. What will be its angular velocity (in rad/s) about its centre of mass?
2. A pulley system is attached to a massless board as shown below. The board pivots only at the
pivot point. A 10 kg mass M sits exactly in the middle of the board.
F
 θ

M
Pivot point
If the angle  is 60°. The force F (in N) necessary to hold the board in the position shown is
5  x , find x?
3. The peak emission from a black body at a certain temperature occurs at a wavelength of 6000 Å.
On increasing its temperature, the total radiation emitted is increased 16 times. These radiations
are allowed to fall on a metal surface. Photoelectrons emitted by the peak radiation at higher
temperature can be bought to rest by applying a potential equivalent to the excitation potential
corresponding to the transition for the level n = 4 to n = 2 in the Bohr's hydrogen atom. The work

function of the metal is given by eV where  is the numerical constant. The value of  is
100
found 53  x , find x?
[Take: he = 12420 eV- Å ]
13
4. A positively charged particle starts at rest 25 cm from a second positively charged particle which
is held stationary throughout the experiment. The first particle is released and accelerates
directly always from the second particle. When the first particle has moved 25 cm, it has reached
a velocity of 10 2 m/s. The maximum velocity (in m/s) that the first particle will reach is 10  x ,
find x?
5. The ends of a chain lie in piles at A and C. When given an initial speed 10 m/s, the chain keeps
moving freely at that speed over the fixed pulley B. Neglecting friction, the required value of h is
x  5 , then find the value of x (in m). (Take g = 10 m/s2):
14
SECTION – A
1. The vapour pressure lowering of a 0.1 M aqueous solution of non – electrolyte at 75°C is
 ΔH 0
v of water=9720 cal/mol and antilog 0.407=2.55
(A) 0.54 torr (B) 0.78 torr
(C) 0.02 torr (D) 0.22 torr
o
2. The C – C single bond distance is 1.54 A . The minimum distance between the terminal cartons
in propane is  sin 5445 '  0.8136 
o o
(A) Greater than 3.08 A (B) Equal to 3.08 A
o
(C) 2.51A (D) Can’t be calculated
3. A sample of aqueous solution of acetic acid  0.5 mol CH 3COOH in10 mol of H 2O  is mixed
with a sample of aqueous solution of NaOH  0.5 mol NaOH in10 mol of H 2O  . The freezing
point of the solution is (Kf, H2O=1.86)
(A) -5°C (B) -5.16°C
(C) 0°C (D) 5.16°C
4. Hydrogen peroxide can be prepared by the successive reactions
2NH 4 HSO 4   NH 4  2 S2 O8
 NH 4 2 S2 O8 +2H 2 O  2NH 4 HSO 4 +H 2 O 2
The first is an electrolytic reaction, and the second a steam distillation.
What current would have to be used in the first reaction to produce enough intermediate to yied
100 g pure H 2 O 2 per hour? Assume 50% current efficiency.
(A) 158 A (B) 315 A
(C) 102 A (D) 204 A
15
  8
5. Equilibrium constant for the dissociation of Ag  NH 2  2 into Ag and NH3 is 6  10 . Calculate

E° for the following half reaction, Ag  NH 3  2  e  Ag  s   2NH 3
E °
Ag + /Ag
 0.799V, log 6  0.7781 
(A) 0.37 (B) 0.799
(C) 0.7781 (D) 0.6
6. A student is analysing a salt in the laboratory. When he added dilute HCl to the salt solution, a
gas is evolved, when the gas is exposed to a filter paper moistened with potassium iodate and
starch solution, he observed blue colouration of the filter paper. Then he added BaCl2 solution to
the salt solution and observed white precipitate immediately. He found that the precipitate is
soluble in dilute mineral acids. The anion of the salt is
2 2
(A) S2 O 3 (B) SO3
2 
(C) CO3 (D) HCO3
7. Which of the following complexes is/are chiral?

(A) cis  [Pt  NH 3  2 Cl 2 ] (B) [Zn  H 2 O 2 Cl 2 ]  tetrahedral 
4- 2
(C)  Pt  C 2 O 4 3  (D) trans -  Pt  NH 3 4 BrCl 
2+
8. For the reaction Cu  2e  Cu
2+
log Cu  vs.E red graph can be plotted as following (At NTP)
E red
x
0 log  Cu 2+  
2+
Where OX = 0.34 V then electrode potential of the half cell of Cu/Cu  0.1M  will be:
(A) 0.3695 v (B)  0.3105 V
(C) 0.3991 V (D)  0.2809 V
16
9. An ideal gas expanding isothermally against the external pressure equal to zero, shows
(A) ΔE  0 (B) W  0
(C) q  0 (D) ΔH   ve
10. Electrolysis of molten MgCl2 is the final production step in the isolation of magnesium from sea
water by Dow’s process. Assuming that 35.6 g of Mg metal forms. Which of the following
statement (s) is/are correct?
(A) 2.96 moles of electrons are required
5
(B) 3.83 10 C charge is required
(C) 31.8 A of current is required for 2.5 hours
(D) 41.5 A of current is required for approximately 115 mins
11. A 10 mL mixture containing 0.2 g NaOH and 0.25g Na 2 CO3 was treated with xN HCl required
15 mL of it with phenolphthalein indicator. After end point a 0.5 g NaHCO3 was added and it was
again titrated with y N HCl required 25.5 mL of HCl with methyl orange. Which of the following
is/are correct?
(A) x is almost 1.5 times of y
(B) If in above titration x N HCl is replaced with y N HCl then for first end point it will require 23mL
of HCl.
(C) After first end point instead of 0.5 g if 2.5 g NaHCO3 is added and fitrated with x N HCl it will
require 65.5 mL.
(D) Only (A) and (B) are correct.
12. In which of the following pair the later species is not having higher vapour pressure at a given
temperature than former one?
(A) C 2 H 6 and C 4 H10 (B) CH 3CH 2 OH and CH 3CH 2 F
(C) Xe and I 2 (D) NH 3 and PH3
17
Comprehension Type
correct
A hydrated metallic salt A, light green in colour, on careful heating gives a white anhydrous residue B. B
is soluble in water and its aqueous solution reacts with NO to give a dark brown residue D and on heating
the mixture it gives two gases E and F.
13. The gaseous mixture (E + F) when passed through acidified permanganate solution, discharges
the pink colour and when passed through acidified BaCl2 solution gave a white precipitate Identify
the gasses E and F.
(A) CO2 and CO (B) NO 2 and N 2O
(C) NO and NO 2 (D) (D) SO 2 andSO3
14. A hydrated metallic salt A and its anhydrous form B respectively are:
(A) CuSO 4 .5H 2 O and CuSO 4 (B) FeSO 4 .7H 2 O and FeSO 4
(C) CaSO 4 .2H 2 O and CaSO4 (D) CaSO 4 .1/2H 2 O and CaSO4
18
Strength of the sample of H 2 O 2 is generally expressed in terms of the volume strength. It means the
volume of oxygen liberated at N. T. P. by heating one volume of hydrogen peroxide. The concentration of
H 2O 2 in a solution can also be expressed as percentage of H 2O 2 in solution. Normality of this solution
can be calculated if the equivalent mass of H 2O 2 is known.
15. 25 ml of H 2O 2 solution was added to the excess of acidified KI solution. The iodine so liberated
required 40 ml of 0.1 N sodium thiosulphate solutions. Calculate the normality of H 2 O 2 solution.
(A) 0.08 (B) 0.16
(C) 0.02 (D) 0.20
16. The volume strength of the H 2O 2 solution is:

(A) 0.556 (B) 0.448
(C) 0.896 (D) 0.632
19
H3 O 
 Q
KOH  aq 
2ClCH 2  CHO  BrMgC  CMgBr    P   other stereoisomers 
 Meso  
Diepoxide
(having halogen) H 2 O OH 
CaCO3
T  
OsO
 S
4

H 2 /Pd
 R
Meso Meso
17. Compound S is?
CH 2OH CH2OH
H OH H OH
CH CH
(A) (B)
CH CH
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
CH2 CH2OH
H O H OH
CH CH
(C) (D)
CH C
H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
20
18. Compound T is?

CH 2OH CH 2OH
H OH HO H
H OH HO H
(A) (B)
HO H HO H
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH 2OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
H OH H OH
HO H H OH
(C) (D)
H OH H OH
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Find the number of native ores out of given ores?

Pyrolusite,Chromite,Siderite,Cassiterite,Calamine,Argentite,Lime stone,Chalcopyrite.
2. Out of given chemical, number of chemicals which is/are related to Solvay process:
NH3 ,KCl,CO2 ,SO2 ,Ca  OH  2 ,NaCl,H 2SO4 ,NaNO3:
21
3. Find the number of properties which is/are correctly related to graphite?

(i) thermodynamically most stable allotropes of carbon
(ii) highest thermal conductivity among all allotropes of carbon
(iii) lowest electrical resistance among all allotropes of carbon
(iv) C-C covalent bond length is higher as compared to diamond
(v) hexagonal rings in structure
(vi) football like molecule
4. 3d series ions:
Consider the following
Sc ,Ti ,V ,Cr ,Mn 3+ ,Fe3+ ,Co3+ ,Ni3+
3+ 3+ 3+ 3+
Find total number of ions for which all octahedral complexes are paramagnetic, irrespective of
ligand
5.

a  H
  x b H

  y
 OH
OH
OH

H
c 
 z d H


 p

OH
Total number of products obtained in above reactions including minor products is (including
stereoisomer including stereoisomer)
22
SECTION – A
1. The ordered pair (a, b) such that x 2  x  1 divides the polynomial ax 9  bx 8  1 is

(A) (–21, 34) (B) (21, –34)
(C) (47, –58) (D) (58, –47)
2. The number of possible integral pairs (a, b) for which 2ab  5a  b  55 is

(A) 8 (B) 16
(C) 12 (D) 6
n
n
3. If f n   (1  2 k ) , then
k 0 k 
(A) f n  2  3 f n 1  2 f n (B) f n2  3 f n  2 f n
(C) f n 2  5 f n 1  6 f n (D) f n 2  6 f n1  5 f n
4. A set contains 3n members. Let Pn be the probability that S is portioned into 3 disjoint subset
with n members in each subset such that the three largest numbers in S are in different subsets.
Then lim Pn is
n
2 1
(A) (B)
7 7
1 2
(C) (D)
9 9
23
5. If a, b, c are in H.P. and p is the length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin to any member
of family of lines (a + c – 2ac) bx – 2acy + 7abc = 0 then p 
1 9   7 
(A)  ,  (B)  0, 
4 2  2
 7 9 
(C) (7, 9) (D)  , 
 2 2
6. The sides of a triangle are the roots of the cubic equation x 3  13 x 2  54 x  72  0 then the
area of the triangle in square units is
1 1
(A) 455 (B) 455
2 4
1 1
(C) 394 (D) 394
2 4
f(x)  f (x) 
7. f(x) is a polynomial function and (f( )2  (f ( ))2  0 then find lim   where [.] denotes
x  f (x)  f(x) 
greatest integer function.
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) –1 (D) none of these
8. f(x) and g(x) are quadratic polynomials and f(x)  g(x) , x  R. Also f(x)=0 have real roots.
2
Then number of distinct roots of equation h(x)h(x)  (h(x))  0 are (where h(x)=f(x)g(x)).
(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
24
9. If the equation px 2  y 2  qz 2  2 yz  zx  3 xy  0 represents a pair of perpendicular planes,

then p  q 
(A) 5 (B) –5
5 5
(C) (D) 
2 2
dy dx
10. If y  x and y (2)  1, then
dx dy
(A) 2 x  y  3  0 (B) x3  8y  0
2
(C) x  y  1  0 (D) x  4 y  0
11. If (1, 2, p ) , ( 2, 2 p , - 6) and ( 2  2, 1, 1) are the ordered triplets of form (x, y, z) which
satisfies all the equations.
x y z x y z x y z
   1,    1 and    1 then  can be
a b c b c a c a b
(A) 2 (B) – 2
(C) – 4 (D) 4
12. If f (x ) is a continuous and differentiable function such that f (t k )  1 for k  1, 2, .....n, where
k
1
tk   then
r 1 r ( r  1)(r  2)
1 1
(A) f    1 (B) f   1
 4 2
1 1
(C) f    0 (D) f    0
2 4
25
Comprehension Type
correct
a
Consider the function h( n)   f ( x) g (nx) dx
o
1
13. Let f ( x)  2, g ( x )  | sin  x |, and n  , where N is natural number. If h( n ) / a is
N
independent of n for N  1, 2, 3, 4 then minimum value of a is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 12
h(1)
14. If f ( x)  sin 2 x, g ( x) | cos x | then lim is equal to
a a
2 1
(A) (B)
3 3
1 1
(C) (D)
2 
In a ABC , AB  3, BC  4, CA  5. P is any point inside the ABC , such that

PAB  PBC  PCA  .
15. cot  
1 25
(A (B)
5 4
25
(C) (D) 4
12
26
16. Ratio of Areas of PBC and PAB is

16 25
(A) (B)
25 16
4
(C) 2 (D)
15
Using three basic colours (Red, Blue, Green) different colour are made by mixing these two or more
colours in equal proportion. The n vertical stripes are painted by all colours available, such that no two
consecutive stripes have same colour.
17. The number of ways of painting n stripes such that only alternate stripes are painted by a basic
colour (n in odd) is
n 1 n 1 n 1
2 2 2
(A) 3 .4 (B) 7.12
n 1 n 1 n 1
2 2 2
(C) 3 .4 (D) 7.12
18. If n stripes are painted such that no two consecutive stripes have any basic colour common, then
number ways of pointing n stripes is
1 1 
(A)
2
 1 2 
n 1

 1 2  n 1


(B) 
 1 2
2

n 1

 1 2 n 1


1 3 

(C)  1  2
2
  1  2  
n n
(D) 
 1 2
2
  1  2  
n n
27
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Let L1 be the projection and L2 be the image of the z-axis in the plane 3 x  4 y  z  1  0. The
distance of the point (1, 2, 3) from the plane containing the lines L1 and L2 is ……
2. The graphs of x 2  y 2  6 x  24 y  72  0 and x 2  y 2  6 x  16 y  46  0 intersect at four

points. The sum of distances from these four points to the point  3, 2  is 10 k. Then value of k
is equal to
aij  i.2  j then find the value of limtrace A n  (where

1/ n
3. Let A  [ a ij ] nn be a matrix such that
n 
n  N ).
4. f ( x  1)  (1) x 1 x  2 f ( x ) for x  N and f (1)  f (1986).

Compute the sum of digit of number  f (1)  f ( 2)  ... f (1985) 
5. Two rays begin at point A and form an angle of 43º with one another. Lines l1 , l 2 , l 3 (no two
being parallel) each form an isosceles triangle with the original rays. If º is the largest angle of
triangle formed by l1 , l 2 and l 3 then find value of 8 cos2 º 9º  .
FULL TEST – II
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
Caution: Question Paper CODE as given above MUST be correctly marked in the answer
OMR sheet before attempting the paper. Wrong CODE or no CODE will give wrong
results.

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 08) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section-A (09 – 12) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have more than one correct
answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
(ii) Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value and
each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A block of mass m is placed in contact with one end of a smooth tube of mass M (see figure). A
horizontal force F acts on the tube in each case (i) and (ii). Then mark incorrect option:
M
F m i 
M
F m  ii 
F F
(A) a m  0 and a M  in  i  (B) a m  a M  in  i 
M M+m
F mF
(C) a m  a M  in  ii  (D) Force on m is in  ii 
M+m Mm
2. Two springs, S1 and S2 , have negligible masses and the spring constant of
S1 is 1/3 that of S2 . When a block is being hanged from the springs as shown S1
above and the springs slowly come to equilibrium again, the ratio of the
potential energy stored in S1 to the S2 is: S2
(A) 1/9 (B) 1/3
(C) 1 (D) 3
4
3. A trick cyclist rides his bike around a well of death in the form of a
vertical cylinder (see figure). The maximum frictional force parallel
to the surface of the cylinder is equal to a fraction µ of the normal θ
force exerted by the wall. At what minimum constant speed must Front view of
the cyclist go to avoid slipping down? (Assume that size of
Motorcycle
motorcycle is very small as compared to cylinder.
1/ 2 1/2 r
 2gr cosθ   gr sinθ 
(A)   (B)  
 μ   2μ 
1/ 2 1/ 2
 gr   2gr 
(C)   (D)  
μ  μ 
4. A thermometer consists of a quantity of alcohol in a glass tube. When the thermometer is in

thermal contact with soft ice cream in a box the length of the alcohol column is 5 cm and thermal
equilibrium. When placed in a freezer the alcohol column remains 5 cm long in thermal
equilibrium. When ice cream is put in the freezer.
(A) Ice cream melts (B) Ice cream freezes more
(C) Ice cream neither melts nor freezes more (D) Insufficient information.
5. In the diagram shown, a wire carries current I. What is the

 
value of the  B.d s (as in Ampere's law) on the helical loop
shown in the figure? The integration in done in the sense
shown. The loop has N turns and part of helical loop on which
arrows are drawn is outside the plane of paper.
(A) μ 0  NI  (B) μ0  I
(C) μ 0  NI  (D) Zero
6. A projectile is thrown with velocity U = 20m/s ± 5% at an angle 60°. If the projectile falls back on
the ground at the same level then which of following can not be a possible answer for range.
2
Consider g  10m/s .
(A) 39.0 m (B) 37.5 m
(C) 34.6 m (D) 32.0 m
5
7. A dielectric slab of area A passes between the capacitor

plates of area 2A with a constant speed v. The variation of
current (i) through the circuit as function of time (t) can be
qualitatively represented as
(A) i (B) i
t
t
(C) i (D) i
t t
8. 2 loudspeakers are emitting sound waves of wavelength  with an  A

π
initial phase difference of . At what minimum distance from O on
2 3 O
line AB will one hear a maxima
100 
(A) 25 (B) 100
15 B
25
(C) (D) 50
3
6
9. There is a fixed positive charge Q at O and A and B are points equidistant from O. A positive
charge + q is taken slowly by an external agent from A to B along the line AC and then along the
line CB.
Q
C
O
A B
(A) The total work done on the charge is zero
(B) The work done by the electrostatic force from A to C is negative
(C) The work done by the electrostatic force from C to B is positive
(D) The work done by electrostatic force in taking the charge from A to B is dependent on the
actual path followed.
10. In the diagram shown, a particle of charge +Q and mass M is projected making an angle β with
the vertical line. Which the possible path on which the charge will move. Above the dark line
magnetic field is B1 and below it is B2 . (Consider all possible cases for values of B1and B2 )
B1
V
β
O B2
v
(A) (B)
O
O
(C) O (D)
7
 
11. Two particles of mass m1 and m2 are moving with velocity v1 and v1 respectively. Mark the correct
statement about a perfectly inelastic collision between m1 and m 2 .
m1m 2  
(A) Impulse by m1 to m2 is  v1  v 2 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(B) Momentum transferred by m2 to m1 is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(C) Impulse by m1 on m 2 in CM frame is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
(D) In CM frame both the particles come to rest after perfectly inelastic collision.
12. In figure, a block of mass m is released from rest when spring was in its Rod
natural length. The pulley also has mass m but it is frictionless. Suppose 
the value of m is such that finally it is just able to lift the block M up after String
releasing it. m
M
(A) The weight of m required to just lift M is g
2
M
(B) The tension in the rod, when m is in has zero accelerationg
2
M
(C) The normal force acting on M when m has zero acceleration g
2
(D) The tension in the string when displacement of m is maximum possible is Mg
8
Comprehension Type
correct
A horizontal frictionless rod is threaded through a bead of L

mass m. The length of the cart is L and the radius of the M
bead, r, is very small in comparison with L (r << L). Initially m
at (t = 0) the bead is at the right edge of the cart. The cart is
struck and as a result, it moves with velocity 0 . When the
bead collides with the cart’s walls, the collisions are always
completely elastic. (Given: m > M).  
13. What is the velocity of the cart after the first collision, in the center of mass frame?
 m v0 M v0
(A) (B)
mM mM
Mm 0 2M 0
(C) v (D) v
Mm mM
14. The first collision takes place at time t1 and the second collision takes place at
t  0 till t  t 2 if m  M 0
2ML ML
(A) (B)
mM 2m  M
2M ML
(C) L (D)
mM 2m  M
9
The Doppler flow meter is a particularly interesting medical application of the Doppler effect. This device
measures the speed of blood flow, using transmitting and receiving elements that are placed directly on
the skin, as in Figure. The transmitter emits a continuous sound whose frequency is typically about 5
MHz. When the sound is reflected from the red blood cells, its frequency is changed in a kind of Doppler
effect because the cells are moving with the same velocity as the blood. The receiving element detects
the reflected sound, and an electronic counter measures its frequency, which is Doppler-shifted relative to
the transmitter frequency. From the change in frequency the speed of the blood flow can be determined.
Typically, the change in frequency is around 600 Hz for flow speeds of about 0.1 m/s.
15. Assume that the red blood cell is directly moving away from the source and the receiver. What is
the (approx) speed of the sound wave in the blood?
(A) 1700 m/s (B) 330 m/s
(C) 5000 m/s (D) 3000 m/s
16. An abnormal segment of the artery is narrowed down by an arteriosclerotic plaque to one-fourth
the normal cross-sectional area. What will be the change in frequency due to reflection from the
red blood cell in that region?
(A) 150 Hz (B) 300 Hz
(C) 600 Hz (D) 2400 Hz
10
A circuit is shown below.

A
B
R R
17. If A is an ideal ammeter, B an ideal Battery of voltage V, and C an ideal voltmeter, what will be
reading of C
the ?
reading of A
(A) R (B) 2R
R
(C) (D) 0
2
18. If A is a capacitor, B is an ideal ammeter and C is an ideal battery of voltage V, what is the
voltage across the capacitor ?
V
(A) V (B)
2
(C) 2V (D) 0
11
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. In a slow reaction, heat is being evolved at a rate about 10mW in a liquid. If the heat were being
32
generated by the decay of P , a radioactive isotope of phosphorus that has half-life of 14 days
32
and emits only beta-particles with a mean energy of 700KeV. The number of P atoms in the
liquid is A×77  1015 find a:
[Take: ln 2 = 0.7]
2. An old record player of 10 cm radius turns at 10 rad/s while mounted

on a 30° incline as shown in the figure. A particle of mass m can be
placed anywhere on the rotating record. If the least possible 
coefficient of friction  that must exist for no slipping to occur is  ,
find 2 3 . 30°
3. Two long straight wires of telephone circuit inside a house are

coplanar with and run parallel to a third long straight conductor that
carries a current i  i 0sin ωt . The wires are at a distance of d1 d2
d1 and d 2 from the conductor. The conductor induced a noise in the I0 sin ωt
telephone circuit. The rms voltage per unit length of this induced emf
is x  5 , find x? Express your answer in µV. Take
2 2
d 2  2d1 , i0  A ω  50 rad/s
ln 2
4. Figure a shows a spring attached to a 2.0 kg block. The other end 6 cm/s
of the spring is pulled by a motorized toy train that moves forward
at constant speed 6.0 cm/s. The spring constant is 50 N/m and
the coefficient of static friction between the block and the surface
is 0.60. The spring is at its natural length at t = 0s when the train 2kg
starts to move. When does the block slip (express your answer in
 
second)?
5. Consider the circuit shown in figure. With switch S1 closed   

and the other two switches open, the circuit has a time
  S  S 
S1 2 3
constant 0.05 sec. With switch S2 closed and the other two
switches open, the circuit has a time constant 2 sec. With L C R
switch S3 closed and the other two switches open, the
circuit oscillates with a period T. Find T(in sec).
2
(Take π  10 )
12
SECTION – A
1. CH 3 HC  CHCH 3  CH 2  P
 cis   triplet state 
(A) P is a cis isomer (B) P is a trans isomer
(C) P is a mixture of cis and trans isomers (D) P is acyclic compound
2. BaTiO3 crystallizes in perovskite structure. This structure may be described as a cubic lattice,
with barium ions occupying the corners, oxide ions at the face centres and titanium ions in one of
the octahedral holes. Which of the following is correct about BaTiO3 crystal lattice?
4
(A) Ti must the body centred octahedral hole
4
(B) Ti must occupy the edge centred octahedral hole
4
(C) Ti must occupy any of the octahedral holes
(D) 1/4 th of the octahedral holes are occupied
3. Ammonium compound which on heating does not give NH 3 is

(A)  NH 4  2 SO 4 (B)  NH 4  2 CO 3
(C) NH 4 NO 2 (D) NH 4Cl
13
4. The standard electrode potentials of some of the alkali metals are

Li + /Li  3.05 V
Na + /Na  2.71V
K + /K  2.93V
Alkali metals react with water according to the following reaction. (M = alkali metal)
2M  H 2 O  2MOH  H 2
It is found Li reacts gently with water whereas potassium reacts violently with water. Which of the
following statement (s) is/ are correct regarding the above two experimental facts?
(A) ΔG values related with the kinetics of a reaction
(B) The metal having large standard oxidation potential will have lesser reactivity.
(C) K has a low melting point, and the heat of reaction is sufficient to make it melt or even
vaporize. This leads to exponential increase in its surface area.
(D) The ionization potential of K is smaller than that of Li.
5.
H3C2 CH3
 i  OsO4 /H2 O

(ii) NaHSO 4
 P
H H
Which of the following is true about P ?
(A) P is optically inactive due to internal compensation
(B) P is optically inactive due to external compensation
(C) P is optically inactive
(D) P is optically inactive due the absence of chiral carbon.
6. O
COOD
Δ
CH2 CH3 
H2O
 P
Which is not possible for P is

(A) O (B) OD
CH2CH3 CH2CH3
1
(C) O (D) None of these
CH2CH3
OH
14
7. The salt having isoelectronic cation and anion among the following is
(A) NaCl (B) KF
(C) CaCl2 (D) KBr
8. Which of the following statement(s) is/ are incorrect?

(A) o – phenol sulphonic acid be converted into p – phenol sulphonic acid in the presence
of H 2SO 4 if temperature is increased.
(B) Phenol is more acidic than benzyl alcohol
(C) Phenoxide ion activates the more in comparison to phenol
(D) Bromination of phenol in aqueous medium produces 2 – bromophenol and 4 - bromophenol

9. Which of the following special (s) is/ are isostructural with lF4 ?
2+
(A)  Cu  NH 3  4  (B) XeF4
 2
(C) BF4 (D)  Ni  CN  4 
10. Identify the incorrect statement (s)?

(A) The ration of the observed molar volume to ideal volume is called compressibility factor.
(B) The value of van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ is independent of the nature of gas.
(C) At high temperature and low pressure, the behaviour of any gas can be explained
 an 2 
by  P    V  nb   nRT
 V2 
(D) H 2 and He gases are difficult to liquefy because their Critical temperature is very small.
15
11. In which of the following reactions, the stiochiometric ratio of H 2SO 4 to H 2 gas is the same?
(A Zn  s  and H 2SO 4 (B) Na  s  and H 2SO 4
(C) Al  s  and H 2SO 4 (D) Ni  s  and H 2SO 4
12. Which of the following compound (s) will not dissolve in an alkali solution after it has undergone
reaction with Hinsberg’s reagent?
(A) Diethyl amine (B) Isopropyl amine
(C) N – methyl ethanamine (D) N, N – dimethyl aniline
Comprehension Type
correct
The cell given below consists of three compartments,

separated by porous barriers. The first contains a cobalt
electrode in 5 L of 0.1M Co  NO 3  2 ; the second contains
5 L of 0.1 M Co Ag
KNO3 the third contains a silver electrode in

5L of 0.1M AgNO3 Assume that the current within in the
E oCo 2  /Co  0.28V
cell Is carried equally by the positive and negative ions. If
'there is a passage of 0.1 mol of electrons, answer the E oAg  / Ag  0.8V
following (19, 20 and 21) questions.
13. Co 2 and NO3 in the left hand side .compartment are

The concentrations of
(A) 0.105M and 0.210 M (B) 0.08 M and 0.16 M
(C) 0.1M and 0.2 M (D) 0.05M and 0.1M
 
14. The concentrations of Ag and NO3 In the right hand side compartment are.
(A) 0.08 M and 0.09 M (B) 0.75 M and 0.08M
(C) 0.01M and 0.09 M (D) 0.75 M and 0.09 M
16
In the following sequence of reaction,

O
CH3
- + CH2 O3 /Zn
OH
+ CHCl3  Ag /
   A  C6 H 7 Cl  B  C10 H13OCl    C  C10 H13O3Cl 
15. Compound A is
(A) (B)
Cl
Cl
(C) (D) None of these
Cl
16. Compound C when treated with NaOH/ X2 gives

(A) CHO O (B) CHO O
CH3 CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
(C) CHO (D) CHO O
-
COO
CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
17
Potassium dichromate is used as lab reagent and dichromate ion can be used as a primary standard in
volumetric analysis.
1   Cr 3  3 1 H 2 O;E°  1.33V
Cr2 O72   7H   3e 
2 2
When H 2 O 2 is added to an acidified solution of dichromate, a complicated reaction occurs. The formation
of product depends on the pH value and concentration of dichromate ions. A deep-blue violet peroxo
compound X is formed which decomposes rapidly in aqueous solution. This compound can be extracted
in ether, where it reacts with pyridine fanning the adduct PyCro  O 2 2 .
In alkaline solution K 2 Cr2 O 7 with 30% H 2 O 2 , a read – brown compound Y  K 3CrO 8  is formed. In
alkaline solution the dark red – brown compound Z  NH 3 3 CrO 4  is formed. In alkaline solution
dichromate ion changes to chromate ion which is also used as reagent in quantitative analysis of cations.
17. The shape of compound (Z) is

(A) Butterfly shape (B) Pentagonal pyramidal
(C) Pentagonal bipyramidal (D) Tetrahedral
18. What is the oxidation state of Cr In red-brown compound Y?

(A) + 6 (B) + 4
(C) + 5 (D) + 13
18
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. The molar heat capacity of the ideal monoatomic gas undergoing the process shown in the figure
is ‘x’. The value of ‘2x’ will be
P  atm 
45
2 V  in L 
2. How many statement(s) are correct?

(a) if the critical micelle concentration (CMC) of a soap is 10 3 M , then 10 4 M solution of this
soap will have colloidal nature.
(b) charge on the colloidal particles may be determined with the help of dialysis
(c) peptization is the process of conversion of a colloidal sol into precipitate by adding some
electrolyte
(d) when some oil-soluble dye is added in the water in oil emulsion, the back ground becomes
coloured
(e) For the coagulation of a particular colloidal solution, the order of coagulation power of some
electrolytes is in the order: Na3 PO4  BaSO4  AlCl3 , in electro-osmosis, the dispersion
medium move towards the anode
(f) diffused layer around colloidal particles in the electric double layer mostly contains negatively
charged particles.(colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(g) it may be basic dye such as methylene blue (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(h) it may be metal sol (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
19
3. Ice crystallizes is an hexagonal lattice. At the low temperatures at which the structure was
determined, the lattice constants were a  4.53 Å and b  7.41 Å as shown in the figure. How
many H molecules are contained in a unit cell? (Given that density of ice  0.92 g / cm3 )?
90
120
4. A weak acid type indicator was found to be 60% dissociated at pH = 9.18. If the degree of
dissociation at pH = 9.0 is ‘  ’? Then the value of ‘10  ' will be  log 2  0.3, log 3  0.48 
5. O
CH O
4 moles of PCC
 A   
CH O
O
Maximum number of moles of Ac 2 O consumed by reactant  A  is?
20
SECTION – A
1. Conditions so that equation (a1x 2  b1x  c1 )(a2 x 2  b2 x  c 2 )  0, (a1a2>0) have fours real roots if
(i) c1c2>0 (ii) a1c2<0 (iii) a2c1<0
(A) only (i) is sufficient
(B) either of two statements are sufficient
(C) either of two statements are necessary and sufficient
(D) all the three statements are sufficient
2. In a ABC, the incircle touches the sides BC, CA and AB at D, E, F respectively. If radius of
incircle is 4 units and BD, CE and AF are in A.P. with common difference 1, then area of ABC is
(A) 84 sq. units (B) 42 sq. units
(C) 168 sq. units (D) data insufficient
3. Let A be the area between co-ordinate axis, y2=x–1, x2=y–1 and the line which makes the
shortest distance between two parabolas and A be the area between x=0, x 2=y–1, x=y and the
shortest distance between y2=x–1 and x2=y–1, then
1
(A) A=A (B) A  (A ) 2
(C) A  2A  (D) can’t say anything
a b c
4. a,b,c are in G.P. and the equation (a+di)x 2+2(b+ei)x+(c+if)=0 have one real root then , , are
d e f
in, (a,b,c,d,e,fR)
(A) AP (B) GP
(C) HP (D) none of these
21
p /3
5.  sec x cos ec q / 3 xdx  (p,q  I and p+q=12)
p p p
1 1 3
tan 3 x tan 3 x tan 3 x
(A) c (B) c+ c
p p p
1 1 3
3 3 3
p
3
tan 3 x
(C) c (D) none of these
p
3
3
6. A square ABCD of a diagonal 2a is folded along the diagonal AC, so that the planes DAC, BAC
are at right angle. The shortest distance between DC and AB is
2 2a
(A) a (B)
3 3
2a
(C) (D) none of these
3
  
x2 dx xdx dx
7. If P   4
,Q   4
and R   , then which of the following is false.
0 1  x 0 1  x 0 1  x4

(A) Q  (B) P=R
4

(C) P  2Q  R  (D) none of these
2 2
x y
 dy 
8. If
 3-2sin2 tdt  cos tdt  0, then  at x   and y= is

/2 0
 dx 
(A) 3 (B) – 2
(C) – 3 (D) none of these
22
9. Let z1 , z 2 , z 3 be the coordinate of vertices A, B, C of the triangle if W1  z1  z 2 , W2  z 3  z 2

and A  90 , then
W  2
(A) Re  2   1 (B) Re (W1W2 )  | W1 |
W
 1
2 W 
(C) Re (W1W2 )  | W2 | (D) Re  1   1
 W2 
2 n 2 2n
10. Let (1  x  x )  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x .........a 2 n x , where n is odd integer
S1  a0  a 4  a8  ..............
S 2  a1  a 5  a9  ..............
S 3  a 2  a 6  a10  ..............
S 4  a 3  a 7  a11  ..............
(A) S1  S 3 (B) S 2  S 4
(C) S 2  S 4  0 (D) S1  S 2  S 3 or S1  S 3  S 4
11. If f ( x)  ax 2  bx  c  0 have real roots and its coefficients are odd the integers then
(A) f ( x )  0 always have irrational roots
 p 1
(B) f    2 where p, q  I
q q
(C) If a.c.  1, then equation must have atleast are root  such that [] = –1, where [.] is GIF
(D) Equation have rational roots
23
9x 2 4 2 1
12. The curve y  (| x | 1) sgn( x  1) divides  y  in two parts having area A1 and
64 25 
A2 (where A1  A2 ), then
A 7 A1 3
(A) 1  (B) 
A2 13 A2 7
7 13
(C) A1  (D) A2 
3 7
Comprehension Type
correct
If a circle Co, with radius 1 unit touches both the axes and as well as line (L1) through P(0,4), cut the
x-axis at ( x1 , 0) . Again a circle C1 is drawn touching x-axis, line L1 and another line L2 through point
P. L2 intersects x-axis at  x 2 , 0  and this process is repeated n times.
13. The centre of circle C 2 is

 15 
(A) (3, 1) (B)  , 1
2 
 31 
(C)  , 1 (D) none of these
4 
xn
14. The lim is
n  2 n
(A) 4 (B) 0
(C) 1 (D) 2
24
f(x), g(x), h(x) all are continuous and differentiable functions in [a, b] also a<c<b and f(a)=g(a)=h(a). Point
of intersection of the tangent at x=c with chord joining x=a & x=b is on the left of c in y=f(x) and on the
right in y=h(x). And tangent at x=c is parallel to the chord in case of y=g(x).
15. If f(b) = g(b) = h(b) then

(A) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (B) f (c)  g(c)  h(c)
(C) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (D) none of these
ab
16. If c  for each b, then
2
2
(A) g(x)=Ax +Bx+C (B) g(x)=log x
(C) g(x)=sin x (D) g(x)=ex
Let f: R  R be a function satisfying condition f(x + y3) = f(x) + (f(y))3  x, y  R and f(0) = k.
 tan x 
17. If |k| > 0, then lim  (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is
x 0  f  x  

(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) – 2 (D) none of these
 3 1 
18. If |k| < 0 then value of f   is/are
 2 5
 3 1 
(A)    (B) 0
 2 5
 3 1 
(C)   (D)  1
 2 5
25
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Let M be the midpoint of sides QR of a rectangle PQRS respectively. A line through M, intersect
4
RS and PS extended at T and L respectively such that PL  PS . Find the value of
3
 area of  MRT 
20  .
 area of PQRS 
3 2 3
2. If the equations x  5 x  px  q  0 and x  7 x 2  px  r  0 have two roots in common,
then find the difference of two uncommon roots.
r
3. When 2323 is divided by 53, the remainder is r. Find
10
4. The number of pairs (x, y) satisfying the equation sin x  sin y  sin( x  y ) and | x |  | y |  1
is
 16  4n 4 
5. The value of 33  2  is ……… (where {.} represents fractional part function)
 n1  4n  1
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced)-2017
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated School
FULL TEST – I
Paper 2

Program & 4423 Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into three sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C
on OMR sheet.

1. Section – A (01 – 06) contains 6 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section – A (07 – 09) contains 3 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
marking.
Section-A (10 – 14) contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon paragraph, 2 and 3 multiple choice
questions have to be answered. Each question has only one correct answer and carries
2. Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Matrix Match Type questions containing statements given in 2
columns. Statements in the first column have to be matched with statements in the second
column. Each question carries +8 marks for all correct answer. For each correct row +2 marks
will be awarded. There may be one or more than one correct matching. No marks will be given for
any wrong matching in any question. There is no negative marking.
3. Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value from
0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-FT-I-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2
2 2
3 3
Density of water water = 10 kg/m
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 6. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B),
(C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct
1. A smooth circular track of mass M is vertically hung by a string down the

ceiling. Two small rings, each of mass m are initially at the top of the track.
They slide down simultaneously along the track in opposite directions. Find
the position of the rings, when tension in the string becomes zero for the
first time.
5  3M   
(A)   cos1   1  1  
 2m  
 3 
5  3M 
(B)   sin1   1  1  
 2m 
 3 
1 3M  
(C)   cos1   1  1  
 2m  
 3 
1 3M  
(D)   sin1   1  1  
 2m  
 3 
2. A small ball is projected up a smooth inclined plane with an

initial speed 9.8 m/s along the direction at 30o to the bottom v
edge of the slope. It returns to the edge after 2 sec. The
ball is in contact with the inclined plane throughout the 
process. What is the inclination angle of the plane?
(A) 15o (B) 60o
o
(C) 37 (D) 30o
Space for Rough work
4
3. Refer to the figure, rectangle PQRS represents the cross-section P Q

of a uniform magnetic field region of 0.2 T. An electron is projected
at a speed of V = 2.0  106 m/s into the region at an angle of 30o to
the direction of the magnetic field. The length of the magnetic
region is 0.01 m. Find the number of revolution made by the v
electron before it leaves the magnetic field region.
o
(A) 28 (B) 16 30
(C) 32 (D) 9 e
S R
0.01 m
4. As shown in the figure, separating two sealed gas chambers is a piston of

mass m and area A that can move horizontally without friction. The volume
and temperature of the left chamber is V1 and T1 and that in the right
chamber is V2 and T2. At equilibrium pressure in both chamber is P. Giving
the piston a small displacement x it perform simple harmonic motion. The
time period of oscillation is (Assume temperature remains the same)
mV1V2 mV1V2
(A) T  2 (B) T  2
3PA 2  V1  V2  PA 2  V1  V2 
5mV1V2 5mV1V2
(C) T   (D) T  2
3PA 2  V1  V2  3PA 2  V1  V2 
5. A flywheel can rotate in order to store kinetic energy. The flywheel is a uniform disk made of a
material with a density  and tensile strength  (measured in Pascal’s), a radius r and a thickness
h. The flywheel is rotating at the maximum possible angular velocity so that it does not break.
Which of the following expression correctly gives the maximum kinetic energy per kilogram that
can be stored in the flywheel? (Assume that  is a dimensionless constant).
 
(A)  (B) h
r r
2
h 
(C)      (D)   
r  
5
6. A spherical cave of radius R/2 was carved out from a

uniform sphere of radius R and original mass M. The centre
of the cave is at R/2 from the centre of the large sphere.
Point P is at a distance 2R from the centre of the large P
sphere and on the joint line of the two centres. The
gravitational field strength g at point P is
GM 5GM
(A) (B)
4R 2 8R2
7GM 3GM
(C) (D)
36R2 164R2

This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct
7. If frequency of incident radiation is above threshold frequency, on applying potential difference,

the photoelectric saturation current in photoelectric cell increase with the increase in
(A) intensity of incident radiation (B) wavelength of incident radiation
(C) frequency of incident radiation (D) speed of incident radiation
8. The figure shows a graph of the current in a RC circuit. The value of the resistance is 10. Then
R C
V
500
(A) The initial potential difference across the capacitor is volt.
 n2
1
(B) The capacitance of the capacitor is F
10 n 2
100
(C) The total heat produced in the circuit will be joules
 n2
1
(D) The thermal power in the resistor will decrease with a time constant second.
2 n 2
6
9. Assume that there are tiny charged packets each of mass ‘m’ u q
and charge ‘q’ and they are accelerated from rest in a gravity m
R/2
free region with potential difference ‘V’ volt and then allowed to
strike a neutral fixed conducting sphere (kept at very large
distance). Packets initially move on a straight line parallel to a
line passing through the centre of the spherical conductor at a
height R/2. Then (after collision charges spreads on the
surface of the sphere)
V
(A) final potential at the sphere will be  
4
3
(B) final potential of the sphere will be V
4
(C) when the potential of the sphere becomes constant after
that the total change in momentum of the charge packets
6 
will be  2qVm 
5 
(D) self energy of the sphere once its potential becomes
9 V 2R 3
constant is
32  40 3
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based
on the other paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has
four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct
Paragraph for Question Nos. 10 and 11
A frictionless adiabatic piston divides a cylindrical vessel into 1 2

two compartments 1 and 2 each of length L. The compartment
1 and 2 contain the same ideal gas ( = 1.5) at initial pressure, P0 V0 P0 V0
volume and temperature as shown in the figure. Now the gas in T0 T0
compartment 1 is heated slowly such that the final volume of
v 
compartment 2 becomes  0  . Now answer the following
 4 
question.
10. Find temperature of compartment 1 and 2 are respectively.

(A) 14 T0, 18 T0 (B) 9 T0, 3 T0 (C) 14 T0, 2 T0 (D) 5 T0, 3 T0
7
11. Change in internal energy of the gas in compartment 1 is

(A) 52 P0V0 (B) 26 P0V0 (C) 39 P0V0 (D) 13 P0V0
The following figure shows a long rough vertical wall against which a uniform rope y
with mass per unit length m and charge per unit length  is held at rest by a uniform

horizontal electric field that is limited to the region y = 0 to y   , where  is the
2
length of the rope. The co-efficient of friction between the rope and the wall is  x
12. The minimum electric field required to keep the rope in equilibrium is
mg 2mg mg 4mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
  2 
13. Suppose the electric field applied extends from y = 0 to y   , and has the value obtained in the
previous question. At the moment t = 0, the field starts decreasing in magnitude exponentially
with a decay constant  at the moment t = 0. The time after which the rope starts slipping
1 ln2 
(A) (B) (C)  (D)
  ln2
14. Which of the following graph represents the variation of acceleration of the rope with time for the
situation described in the above situation?
(A) (B)
a a
g g
t t
(C) (D)
a a
g g
t t
8
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains statements given p q r s t
in two columns, which have to be matched. The statements in Column I are
A p q r s t
labelled A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are labelled p, q, r,
s and t. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with B p q r s t
ONE OR MORE statement(s) in Column II. The appropriate bubbles
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to be darkened as C p q r s t
illustrated in the following example:
D p q r s t
If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r; C – p and q; and D – s
and t; then the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the following:
1. A thin but very large plank of mass 2 m is placed on a horizontal v0

smooth surface. A solid cylinder of mass m and radius r is given only m
translational velocity v 0 and gently placed on the plank as shown in
2m
the figure. The co-efficient of kinetic friction between the plank and
the cylinder is . Match the statements from Column I with those in
Column II, when the cylinder starts pure rolling on the plank.
Column – I Column – II
14
(A) Kinetic energy of the plank (p) mv 20
98
mv 20
(B) Kinetic energy of the cylinder (q) mv 02
49
Negative work done by kinetic friction till the cylinder starts pure 24
(C) (r) mv 20
rolling 98
33
(D) Kinetic energy of the cylinder with respect to plank (s) mv 20
98
13
(t) mv 02
49
9
2. A lens is made up of a material of refractive index  which is completely immersed in a medium of

refractive index 0. The power of the lens is P. Match the properties in column I with the
corresponding types of lens in column II
(A) P  0 and  > 0 (p) Bi-convex
(B) P  0 and  < 0 (q) Bi-concave
(C) P  0 and  > 0 (r) Convexo – concave
(D) P  0 and  < 0 (s) Concavo – convex
(t) Plano convex
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Two inductors L1 (inductance 1 mH, internal resistance 3) and L2 (inductance 2 mH, internal
resistance 4) and a resistor R (resistance 12) all are connected in parallel across 5V battery.
The circuit is switched on at time t = 0. The ratio of maximum & the minimum current (Imax/Imin)
drawn from the battery is ….
2. The isotope 125 B having a mass 12.014 U undergoes -decay to 126 C . 126 C has an excited state of
the nucleus  12
6 C  at 4.041 MeV above its ground state. If 12
5 B decay to 12
6 C , the maximum
V
kinetic energy of the -particle in units of MeV is (1 U = 931.5 Me , where C is sped of light in
C2
vacuum).
 3
3. Two identical glass  g   equiconvex lenses of radius of curvature 12 cm are kept in contact.
 2
 4
The space between the two lenses is filled with water     . Find the focal length (in cm) of
 3
the combination.
4. The end of a capillary tube (glass) with radius r is immersed into water. What amount of heat in
joule will be evolved when the water rises in the tube? Take surface tension, T   where  is
density of water.
5. A source emitting sound of frequency f 0 is moving B

along a circle of radius 3R. An observer is fixed at a
distance 4R from the centre as shown in the figure. 
The source is moving with uniform angular velocity
0. The ratio of frequencies corresponding to point A (3R)
13x (O)
and B as observed by the observer is . The
24 4R
value of x is (V = 300 m/s, R = 1 m and 0 = 5 rad/s)
A
10
SECTION – A
1. Determined [S-2] in saturated 0.1 M H2S solution containing HCl having pH = 3.

(K1 of H2S = 10-7 and K2 of H2S = 10-14)
(A) 10-14 M (B) 10-10 M (C) 10-16 M (D) 10-8 M
2. 
For the reversible reaction: A 1
 K -1 -1
 ; K1 = 0.02 min and K2 = 0.03 min . The reaction is started
K 2
with A only, the half life of such reaction is defined as the time in which half of the equilibrium
amount of B is formed. What is half life of reaction?  n2  0.693
(A)  (B) 34.65 min (C) 0.693 min (D) 13.86 min
3. O
NH2OH
HCl
The major product of following reaction is
(A) Cl (B) OH
N
(C) O (D) OH
+
N
N
11
4. During extraction of Fe
(A) carbon is ultimately converted to CO2 in combustion zone in blast furnace
(B) CO2 is one of the by-products of reduction zone of blast furnace
(C) cast iron is obtained from blast furnace
(D) uppermost zone of blast furnace is slag formation zone.
5. An element crystallizes in FCC lattice having edge length 500 pm. Calculate the maximum
diameter which can be placed in interstitial sites without disturbing the structure.
(A) 126 pm (B) 146.35 pm (C) 138.45 pm (D) 117.1 pm
6. Photons having energy equivalent to binding energy of 4th state He+ ion is used to the metal
surface of work function 1.4 eV. If electrons are further accelerated through the potential
difference of 4 volt than the minimum value of de – Broglie wavelength associated with the
electron is
0 0 0 0
(A) 5 A (B) 9.15 A (C) 1.1A (D) 11A

7. Which statements are correct about lactose?

(A) (C1 – OH) of -glucose is linked with (C4) of galactose.
(B) (C1 – OH) of -galactose is linked with (C4) of -glucose.
(C) it exhibits mutarotation
(D) it is a reducing sugar

NOCl/H LiAlH4 NaNO2  HCl
8. CH3  C  CH2  Ph   X  Y 
0  50 C
Z
||
O
Which of the following is/are correct?
(A) Y is optically active (B) compound Z is CH3  C CH2  Ph
||
O
(C) compound X is H3C C CH Ph (D) compound Y is H3C CH 2 CH Ph
O NH2 NH2
12
9. A solution of colourless salt (X) on boiling with excess NaOH produces a non-flammable gas. The
gas evolution ceases after sometime. Upon addition of Zn dust to the same solution, the gas
evolution restarts. The colourless salt(s) is/are
(A) NH4NO3 (B) NH4NO2 (C) NH4Cl (D) (NH4)2SO4
Comprehension Type
The total pressure exerted in ideal binary solution is given by P  PA0 XA  PB0 XB where PA0 and PB0 are the
respective vapour pressure of pure components and XA and XB are their mole fraction in liquid phase. The
composition of the vapour phase is determined with the help of Dalton’s law of partial pressure:
P0 X
YA = A A .
P
5400
If total pressure exerted in an ideal binary solution is given by P  mm of Hg then
60  30YA
10. The value of PA0 is (in mm of Hg)

(A) 40 (B) 30 (C) 60 (D) 90
11. If the value of YA = 0.4 then XB is

(A) 0.6 (B) 0.5 (C) 0.4 (D) 0.25
Paragraph for Question Nos. 12 to 14
The reaction of a phosphorus ylide with an aldehyde/ketone introduces a carbon-carbon double bond in
place of the carbonyl bond. This type of reaction is called wittig reaction.
R R A
- A
C O C + B
C C Ph3 P O +
R' R' B
+ PPh3
12. CH2
may be formed from
(A) O (B) CHO
& Ph3P CH2 & Ph3P CH2
(C) (D) both (A) & (C)

HCHO & Ph3P
13
13. O
Ph - Li
H3C C (CH2)4 PPh3 (A). Major product (A) is

(B) CH2
(A)
(C) (D)
14. The intermediate involved in Wittig reaction is

(A) five membered cyclic structure (B) four membered cyclic structure
(C) three membered cyclic structure (D) carbocation intermediate
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t

Real gas Z 1
(A) (p)
Ideal gas Pv m  RT
(B) (q)
At Boyle temperature in low pressure region a
T
(C) (r) Rb
At low pressure and high temperature  a 

 P  2   Vm  b   RT
(D) (s)  Vm 
Z1
(t)
14
2. Match the reactions given in column I with the intermediates involved given in column II
N2Cl Cl
(A) CH2Cl2, CuCl (p) Carbocation intermediate
Br2/CCl4
(B) H3C CH CH2 H3C CH CH2Br (q) Carbanion intermediate
Br
Cl
CHCl3 + KOH
(C) (r) Free radical intermediate
N N
Cl OH
NO2 NO2
1. NaOH, , 300 atm
(D) (s) Carbene intermediate
+
2. H
(t) Bromonium ion complex
15
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
x
1. Total number of stereoisomers of a complex of the type [MABCDEF] is x then the value of is
5
-1 2 -1
2. The molar conductance of 0.001M CH3COOH is 50 ohm cm mol . The maximum value of
molar conductance of CH3COOH is 250 ohm-1 cm2 mol-1. If value of ionization constant (Ka) of
CH3COOH is x  10  y then x – y = ……………..
3. Malonic acid (X) when heated with P4O10 undergoes dehydration to produce compound (A) which
o
is a bad smelling gas. (A) when heated at 200 C decomposes into gas (B) leaving behind a black
residue (C). Hydrolysis of compound (A) reproduces (X). The completely neutralized salt of (X)
with NaOH when subjected to dry distillation with soda lime produce a gas (Y). What is the sum
of total number of atoms in each of one molecule of gas (B) & (Y).
4. How many of the following salts are white and soluble in dilute HNO3?
BaCrO4, Hg2CrO4, ZnS, BaSO4, BaS2O3, CH3COOAg, AgNO2
5. How many of the following give white precipitate with aqueous AgNO3 solution?
Cl Cl Cl
Cl
Cl Cl HO Cl Cl
16

SECTION – A
bc ca ab
1. Let a, b, c be the side of a triangle such that    S where S is the semi
bc ca ab
perimeter of the triangle. Then triangle is
(A) equilateral (B) scalene
(C) isosceles (D) right angled isosceles
2 x 2 4 x 4 2 x3 4 x 5
2. If a  1    ... and b  x    .... where  is non real cube root of unity,
2! 4! 3! 5!
then
2
ex  e x  1 1 3

(A) a2  b2 2  1  0 (B) a  (C) a2  b2 2  1  0 (D)  a 3  b 3 
2  
3. Which of the following correctly represents the number of ways of choosing triplet (x, y, z) such
that z > max {x, y} and x, y, z  {1, 2, …., n + 1}
(i) n 1C3  n  2 C3 (ii) n 1 C2  2  n 1C3 
(iii) 12 + 22 + … + n2 (iv) 2  n  2 C3   n 1C2
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii), (iii), (iv) (C) (i) and (iii) (D) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
99
aiai 1
4. If a1, a2, …, a100 are in HP then value of aa
i 1
is
1 100
(A) 96 (B) 97 (C) 99 (D) 101
1 x x x2
5. Let x 1 x x 2  ax 5  bx 4  cx 3  dx 2  ex  f then
x2 x 1 x
(A) f = 1, e = 3 (B) f = 3, e = - 3 (C) f = 3, e = - 1 (D) f = - 3, e = - 1
17
6. In a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, if AB2 + CD2 = 4R2, R is the radius of the circumcircle, then the
diagonals of the quadrilaterals are
(A) equal (B) perpendicular (C) bisecting (D) none of these

7.   
If the composite function f1 f2 f3 .....  fn  x     is an increasing function and if r of fi s are
decreasing function while rest are increasing, then maximum value of r(n – r) is
n2  1 n2
(A) when n is an even number (B) when n is an odd number
4 4
n2  1 n2
(C) when n is odd number (D) when n is even number
4 4
8. If two concentric ellipse be such that the focus of one be on the other and their major axes be
equal. Let e1 and e2 be their eccentricities, then
(A) the quadrilateral formed by joining the foci of the two ellipse is a parallelogram
1 1 1
(B) then angle  between their axis is given by cos   2
 2 2 2
e1 e2 e1 e2
(C) if e12  e22  1 then angle between the axes of the two ellipse is 90o
(D) the area of quadrilateral = a 2 e12  e22  e12 e22  1

2
9. If Un   cosn x cosnx dx then
0
(A) U1,U2 ,... are in AP (B) U1, U2, …. are in GP

 
(C) U100  (D) U10 
2101 2210
18
Comprehension Type
Cauchy mean value theorem states that if two functions f and g are
(i) continuous in [a, b]
(ii) differentiable in (a, b)
(iii) g  x   0 for any x  (a, b)
f b  f a f  c 
then there exists at least one point c  (a, b) such that 
g  b   g a  g  c 
 sin   sin 
10. Suppose ,  and  are angles satisfying 0        then 
2 cos   cos 
(A) tan (B)  tan  (C) cot  (D)  cot 
f b   f  a 
11. If f(x) is continuous in [a, b] differentiable in (a, b) and c   a,b  , then equals
b3  a3
f c 
(A) 3c 2 .f   c  (B) (C) f  c  .f   c  (D) 3c 2 f  c  .f   c 
3c 2
There are two friends Ranchod and Chatur in the fourth year of their study. They promised each other to
meet at a particular place after some year on a fixed date between 5 PM & 6 PM. Any of the two who
reaches the decided place first, waits for another ten minutes for the other to come. Based on the above
passage, answer the following:
12. What is the probability the meeting happens if both reach the place between 5 PM & 6 PM?
1 11 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) none
6 18 3
19
13. Chatur has got a very good job offer in the college, while Ranchod doesn’t get any job offer in the
college. Ranchod agrees to meet only if he gets a job before the meeting time. It is given that
‘Ranchod would get a job’ and ‘Ranchod would not get a job’ are equally likely. What is the
probability that they meet, if other conditions remains the same?
11 11 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36 72 6 12
14. If Ranchod reaches the decided place after 5:10 PM and it is known that meeting happens, what
is the probability that the meeting happens before 5:30 PM, if the remaining conditions remain the
same?
1 1 8
(A) (B) (C) (D) none
9 3 19
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t

          
If a  b  c   d, b  c  d  a and a  b  c are non coplanar then 2
(A)     (p)
a  b  c  d is 3
 
If a and b are unit vectors inclined at an angle  to each other and 3
(B)   (q)
a  b  1 , then  can be equal to 4
 
If a is a unit vector perpendicular to another unit vector b then
     5
(C) (r)
   
a  a  a  a  b 

6
     
Let a,b,c be three unit vectors such that a  b  c  0 , then the angle
(D)   (s) 0
between a and b is
(t) 1
20

x  a y  2d z  c
If the plane ax – by + cz = d contains the line   ,
a b c
(A) (p) 0
b
then is equal to
d
The distance of the point (1, -2, 3) from the plane x – y + z – 5 = 0
(B) x y z 1 (q) 1
measured parallel to   is equal to
2 3 6
x2 y 3 4z x 1 y  4 z  5
If the straight lines   and  
(C) 1 1 k k 2 1 (r) 2
intersect then k is equal to
If a line makes an angle  with x and y axis then cot  can be equal 1
(D) (s)
to 3
(t) -3
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1 2 2
1. If 3A  2 1 2 and A is an orthogonal matrix then the product of a and b is equal to ..
a 2 b

sin3 d
2. 2  tan1 f     c then the least value of f() for allowable values of
 
cos cos3   cos 2   cos 
2
 is equal to …
3. Tangent at P1(2, 3) on the curve 3y = x 3 + 1 meets the curve again at P2. The tangent at P2 meet
the curve at P3 and so on. If the sum of the ordinates for P1, P2, …, + P60 be S then
 2183  8 
S 
 27  is equal
5
4. The sum of infinite terms of the GP a + ar + …. + …, where a is the value of x for which the
x t 2 dt
function 7  2x ln25  5x 1  52  x has the greatest value and r  lim  2 is equal to
x  0 0 x tan    x 
5. The number of values of x such that x, [x], {x} are in HP where [.] denotes greatest integer
function and { } denotes fractional part function is equal to
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – I
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.

1. Section – A (01 – 06) contains 6 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section – A (07 – 09) contains 3 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
marking.
Section-A (10 – 14) contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon paragraph, 2 and 3 multiple choice
questions have to be answered. Each question has only one correct answer and carries
2. Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Matrix Match Type questions containing statements given in 2
columns. Statements in the first column have to be matched with statements in the second
column. Each question carries +8 marks for all correct answer. For each correct row +2 marks
will be awarded. There may be one or more than one correct matching. No marks will be given for
any wrong matching in any question. There is no negative marking.
3. Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value from
0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. An insect of negligible mass is sitting on a block of mass M, tied with a

spring of force constant K. The block performs simple harmonic motion with
amplitude A infront of a plane mirror placed as shown. The maximum speed
of insect relative to its image will be
K A 3 K
(A) A (B)
M 2 M M
K M
(C) A 3 (D) A
M K 

2. PV versus T graph of equal masses of H2, He and CO2 is shown in PV 3

figure. Choose the correct alternative
(A) 3 corresponds to H2, 2 to He and 1 to CO2 2
(B) 1 corresponds to He, 2 to H2 and 3 to CO2
(C) 1 corresponds to He, 3 to H2 and 2 to CO2
1
(D) 1 corresponds to CO2, 2 to H2 and 3 to He
T
4
3. A conducting rod is moving with a constant velocity v x

x
over the parallel conducting rails which are x
connected at the ends through a resistor R and E A H

capacitor C as shown in the figure. Magnetic field B is
into the plane. Consider the following statements.
x
(I) current in loop AEFBA is anticlockwise C x
R L v
(II) current in loop AHGBA is clockwise
(III) current through the capacitor is zero
1
(IV) energy stored in the capacitor is CB2L2 V 2 F B G
2 x x
x
Which of the following option is correct
(A) statement (I) and (III) are only correct
(B) statement (II) and (IV) are only correct
(C) statement (I), (II) and (IV) are correct
(D) all the above
4. The activity of a radioactive sample goes down to about 6% in a time of 2 hours. The half life of
sample in minutes is about
(A) 30 (B) 15 (C) 60 (D) 120
5. A particle of charge q and mass m starts moving from the origin under the action of an electric
 
 
field E  E0 î and magnetic field B  B0 kˆ its velocity at (x, 3, 0) is 4iˆ  3ˆj . The value of x is
36E0B 0 25m 10m 25E 0B 0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
qm 2qE0 qE0 m
6. A heavy string of mass m hangs between two fixed points A A B

and B at the same level. The tangents to the string at A and  
B are at an angle  with horizontal as shown in the figure.
The tension of the string at its lowest point is
mg mg
(A) (B)
2 sin  2cos 
mg mg
(C) (D)
2 tan 2cot 
5

7. In a resonance tube experiment to determine speed of sound , air column in the pipe is made to
resosnate with a given fork of frequency 480 Hz. At room temperature T using a resonance tube
a student finds two resonance position 16.0 cm and 51.0 cm, length of the air column for the first
and the second resonance respectively .It is known that speed of the sound at 273K is equal to
330 m/s.Then,
4
(A) percentage error in the measurement of speed of sound is %
7
(B) diameter of the tube is 5 cm
(C) temperature of the room T is nearly 283 K
8
(D) percentage error in the determination of T is %
7
8. A Young’s double slit arrangement is immersed in a liquid screen

S2
of refractive index 1. The slit plane touches the liquid
surface. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of d/2 Liquid
wavelength ‘’ (with respect to air) is incident normally on O
d/2 S1
slits. Choose the correct alternatives
D
(A) The fringe width is D/1d.

(B) If the slit S2 is covered by a transparent slab of refractive index 2 and thickness t, the new
position of the central maxima will shift up by

  2  1 .tD
d
(C) The ratio of intensities at ‘O’ in the conditions of the option (A) and option the (B) is
  
1: cos2    2  1 t 
 3  
(D) If a slab of thickness t and refractive index 3 is introduced in front of S1 while S2 is also
covered by a slab of thickness t and refractive index 2 as shown in figure, then for relation of 3
= 12 the central maxima will be at O.
9. A net non-zero external force acts on a system of particles. At an instant t, the velocity and the
acceleration of CM are found to be u0 and a0, it is possible that
(A) u0 = 0, a0 = 0 (B) u0  0, a0  0
(C) u0  0, a0 = 0 (D) u0 = 0, a0  0
6
Comprehension Type
A disc of mass m and radius R is attached with a spring of force constant K at its centre as shown in
figure. At x = 0 spring is unstretched. The disc is moved to x = A and then released. There is no slipping
between disc and ground. Let f be the force of friction on the disc from the ground.
A
k
x=0 x=A
10. f versus t graph will be

(A) f (B) f
t t
(C) f (D) f
t t
7
11. In the problem if k = 10 N/m, m = 2 kg, R = 1 m and A = 2 m. Find linear speed of the disc at
mean position.
40 10 50
(A) m/sec (B) 20 m/sec (C) m/sec (D) m/sec
3 3 3
A standing wave y  2 A sin  kx  cos  t  set up in a wire AB fixed at both ends by two vertical wall
contains a constant magnetic field B. Now answer the following questions.
B
A x
12. The wire is found to vibrate in 3rd harmonic the maximum e.m.f induced is
4AB 3AB 2AB AB
(A) (B) (C) (D)
k k k k
13. In above question the time when the e.m.f becomes maximum for first time is
2   
(A) (B) (C) (D)
  2 4
14. In which of following modes the e.m.f induced in AB is always zero.

(A) Fundamental mode (B) second harmonic (C) second overtone (D) fourth overtone
8
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t
1. A car is taking a turn on a rough horizontal road without slipping as shown in figure. Let F is
centripetal force, f the force of friction, N1 and N2 are two normal reactions. As the speed of car is
increased match the following two columns
N1 N2
turn
(A) N1 (p) Will increase
(B) N2 (q) Will decrease
(C) F/f (r) Will remains unchanged
(D) F (s) Cannot say anything
9
2. In the circuit shown in figure, switch remains closed for long time. It is opened at time t = 0. Match
the following columns at t = ln2 sec
a b
9H
9 Volt 

d c
(A) Potential difference across inductor (p) 9V
4.5 V
(B) Potential difference across 3Ω resistor (q)
6V
(C) Potential difference across 6Ω resistor (r)
(D) Potential difference between points b and c (s) None of these
10
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A frictionless tunnel is dug inside the uniform

spheres as shown in the figure-1 and figure-2.
A particle of mass m is to be projected from
45 R/2 P
point P in both sphere so that it can escape
R/2 P 30
from the influence of sphere. Let v 1 is the
velocity given to the particle in figure-1 and v 2
is the velocity given to the particle in figure-2.
Find the ratio of v1/v2. (Given: R is radius of Figure-1 Figure-2
sphere and M is mass of sphere.)
2. An  particle and proton are accelerated from rest by a potential difference of 100 V. After this

their de-Broglie wavelengths are  and p respectively. The ratio p to the nearest integer is

3. A cylinder of radius R is kept embedded along the wall of a dam as

R
shown. Take density of water as  and length of cylinder as L. The
gLR2  R
vertical force exerted by water on the cylinder is . Find the
X
value of X.
4. A sphere of mass M and radius r rolls without slipping on a rough concave surface of large radius
k 1 R  r 
R. It makes small oscillation about lowest point. Find the value of k if time period is
5g
5. Each branch in the following circuit has a resistance r = 1. The

equivalent resistance of the circuit between the points A and B is
A
B
11
SECTION – A
1. The equilibrium p-xyloquinone + methylene white p-xylohydroquinone + methylene blue may

be conveniently by observing the difference in color methylene white and methylene blue. One
mill mole of methylene blue was added to 1 L solution that was 0.24 M in p-xylohydroquinone and
0.012 M is p-xyloquinone. It was then found that 4% of the added methylene blue was reduced to
methylene white. What is the equilibrium constant of the above reaction?
(A) 48 (B) 4.8 (C) 480 (D) 0.48
2. Sea water is found to contain 5.85% NaCl and 9.50% MgCl2 by weight of solution. Calculate its
normal boiling point assuming 80% ionization for NaCl and 50% ionization of MgCl2.
K  0.51 kg mol1 K 
 b H2 O 
(A) 102.29oC (B) 102.92 oC
o
(C) 101.59 C (D) 101 oC
3. 0.50 gm mixture containing NaHCO3, Na2CO3 and

KCl was dissolved in 50 ml water and titrated with 16
0.15 M HCl resulting in the following titration curve. 14
12
Determine weight % of NaHCO3, Na2CO3 and KCl in
the mixture respectively. 10
(A) 37.8, 31.8, 30.4 pH 8 10 ml
(B) 31.8, 37.8, 30.4 6
(C) 30.4, 37.8, 31.8 4 35 ml
2
(D) 31.8, 30.4, 37.8
volume of HCl added
12
4. Extraction of Mg from sea water

p q
Sea water Mg(OH)2 MgCl 2 + H2O
crystallisation
t s
Mg anhydrous MgCl 2 r
Which of the following option describes the correct reactant, products and reaction conditions?
p q r s t
Heating in
Milk of Reduction by
(A) HCl (aq) MgCl2.2H2O limited supply of
magnesia coke
air
Electrolytic
Heating in
(B) Lime water HCl (aq) MgCl2 reduction in
absence of air
molten state
Heating in Electrolytic
(C) Milk of lime HCl (aq) MgCl2.6H2O presence of dry reduction in
HCl molten state
Heating in the Electrolysis of
(D) Milk of lime HCl (aq) MgCl2.6H2O presence of dry aqueous
HCl solution
5. Which of the following statement is correct?

(A) geometrical isomerism is not observed in complexes of co-ordination number 4 having
tetrahedral geometry
(B) square planar complexes generally do not show geometrical isomerism
(C) the square planar complex of general formula Ma3b or Mab3 exhibits cis-trans isomerism.
(where M is central metal and a and b are monodentate ligands)
(D) the platinum glycinato complex [Pt(Gly)2] doesn’t show geometrical isomerism.
6. Which of the following statement is correct?

(A) in an anti-fluorite structure anions form FCC lattice and cations occupy all tetrahedral voids.
 
(B) if the radius of cations and anions are 0.214 A & 0.95 A then co-ordinate number of cation in
the crystal is 4
(C) an atom/ion is transferred from a lattice site to an interstitial position in Schottky defect
(D) density of crystal always increases due to substitutional impurity defect.
13

7. Pick out the correct statements among the following from inspection of standard reduction
potentials


Cl2  aq   2e 
 2Cl aq E
 o
  1.36 Volt
Cl2 /Cl


Br2  aq  2e 
 2Br

aq EoBr  1.09 Volt
2 /Br 


I2  aq  2e  o
 2I  aq EI /I  0.54 Volt

2


S 2 O82   aq  2e  2 o
 2SO 4  aq  ES O2 /SO2  2.00 Volt
2 8 4
(A) Cl2 can oxidise SO 24 from solution

(B) Cl2 can oxidise Br- and I- from aqueous solution
- - -
(C) S2 O82  can oxidise Cl , Br and I from their aqueous solution
(D) S2 O82  is added slowly, Br- can be reduced in the presence of Cl–
8. Which of the following statement(s) are true about Z Vs P graph for a real gas at a particular
temperature
behaviour of most
Z real gases
P
x
dZ
0
dP
(A) Z  1 as P  0 for most real gases
dz
(B) is –ve as P  0 for most real gases
dp
dz
(C)  0 at a pressure where replusive and attractive forces are comparable
dp
(D) at point x, intermolecular attractive forces dominating over repulsive forces
14
9. Saturated solution of SO2 is heated at 150oC in a closed container. The product obtained is
treated with BaCl2 solution. What is/are the observation(s)?
(A) no ppt. (B) white turbidity (C) evolution of SO2 (D) white ppt.
Comprehension Type
In the presence of excess base and excess halogen a methyl ketone is converted first into a trihalo
substituted ketone and then into a carboxylic acid. After the trihalo substituted ketone is formed hydroxide
ion attacks the carboxyl carbon because the trihalomethyl ion is the group more easily expelled from the
tetrahedral intermediate. The conversion of a methyl ketone to a carboxylic acid is called a haloform
reaction because one of the product is haloform CHCl3 or CHI3 or CHBr3.
-
-
O O
-
OH (excess) OH
R C CH3 R C CI 3 R C CI 3
I2 (excess)
O OH
-
R C O + HCI 3 R C OH + CI 3
O O
10. Et
(I) I2/OH-
Ph C C C CH3 Product is
(II) H+
O Me O (III) 
(A) Me (B) Ph C CH Me
Ph C C COOH O Et
O Et
(C) Ph C O CH Et (D) Ph C CH OEt
O Me O Me
15
11. OH
NaOI
X + CHI 3
(yellow)
OH
X is
(A) O (B) O
ONa ONa
COONa COONa
(C) O (D) O
ONa COCH3
COCH3 COCH3
For a hypothetical elementary reaction

2B
K1
K2
2C
K1 1
Where  , initially only 2 moles of A are present
K2 2
12. The total number of moles of A, B & C at the end of 50% reaction are
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
16
13. Number of moles of B at the end of 75% reaction is

(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 0.50 (D) 1.5
14. The ratio of number of moles of B to C at the end of 100% reaction is

(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 (C) 1 : 3 (D) 2 : 3
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t
1. Match the following.
Column – I Column–II
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(A) C2H5 OH/ (p) SN1
H3C C C C Cl H3C C C C CH2
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
+
CH3 CH3 CH3
H3C C C C OC 2H5
CH3 CH3 CH3
(B) CH3ONa/CH3OH (q) E1CB

HH
60 °C
+ H I
H3C I H3C H Me OCH3

(C) H3C H (r) E1
H3C I
NaI/Acetone
H Cl Reflux
H H
(D) NaOH/ (s) E2
Ph C CH2 CH CH3 Ph C CH CH CH3
O OH O
(t) SN2
17
2. Match the Following
Column – I Column - II
(A) Reversible adiabatic compression (p) Ssystem > 0
(B) Reversible vaporization (q) Ssystem < 0
(C) Adiabatic free expansion of ideal gas in vaccum (r) Ssurrounding < 0
(D) Dissociation of (s)
Ssurrounding = 0
CaCO3  s   CaO  s   CO2  g 
(t) Ssystem = 0
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. For 1s orbital of hydrogen atom radial wave function is given as

3
r 
1  1  2  a0
Rr     e (where a0 = 0.529 A )
  a0 
The ratio of radial probability density of finding electron at r = a0 to the radial probability density of
finding electron at nucleus is given as x. e y . Calculate the value of (x + y).
2. 4 g isolated Ca atom in gaseous state is provided a total energy of 50 kJ. The molar ratio of
Ca+/Ca+2 ions produced is x/y then x + y = …….
IE1 of Ca = 400 kJ/mole and IE2 of Ca = 700 kJ/mole
3. The oxidation state of metal in Fehling solution, on the reaction with benzaldehyde changes by
……. units.
4. A decapeptide (Mol. wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (mol. wt. 75), alanine and
phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The
number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is
5. PDI (poly dispersity index) for natural polymers is generally close to …..
18

SECTION – A
1. P1 is a parabola y2 = 4ax, and P2 is a parabola given by y2 = 4b(x + a). P2 passes through A and
B which are points of intersection of P1 and line x = a. If T is the point of intersection of tangents
to P1 at A and B, and R is the point of intersection of normal at A and B to P2 the area of
quadrilateral TARB is
(A) 5 a2 (B) 2 5 a2 (C) 3a2 (D) 6a2
dy y sin  x  y   xy cos  x  y   x 2 y 2
2. The solution of the differential equation  .
dx x sin  x  y   xy cos  x  y   x 2 y 2
(A) xy sin  x  y   c1 (B) xy sin  x  y  c1   c 2 ; c1,c 2 are related
2 2
(C) x y sin  x  y   c1 (D) x 2 y 2 sin  x  y  c 1   c 2 ; c 1,c 2 are related
3. The number of proper divisors of K     10 Cn n C j j Ci  is

i j n 10
(A) 19 (B) 20 (C) 21 (D) none of these
4. In a matrix A 4 4 , an ant starts moving from a11 in such a way that it can move from aij to either
ai 1 j or ai j1 in one step. If it reaches a44, the probability that it passes through a23 is
(A) 18 (B) 1 (C) 9 (D) none of these

35 4 20
5.  2

If K  R, 10K. xlog10 x K log10 x 1  1 . The maximum number of solutions of the equation for ‘x’ is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 4
19
6. The number of solution in x of the equation

 3x  2
3f  x   f '  x   2  cot 3x  cosec 2 x  4  sin    if a  0,6 and f(x) satisfies the
 2  2
2 2
differential equation f   x   f  x   0 and  f   x     f  x    1 , and f(0) = 1 is
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 0

7. A square is inscribed in a circle. If is the probability that a randomly chosen point of the circle
lies within the square and is the probability that the point lies outside the square, then
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. If Im,n   sec 2n x tanm x dx , n  1 and m  2, m, n  N, then

sec 2n  2 x tanm 1 x  n  1 sec 2n x tanm1 x m  1
(A) Im,n   Im  2, n 1 (B) Im,n   Im  2, n 1
m 1 m 1 2n 2n
m 1 1 1 2  n  1 m 1 1 1 2  n  1
(C) Im  2,n 1    Im 2,n 1 (D) Im  2,n 1    Im 2,n 1
n m 1 n m1 2n m  1 2n m 1
     
9. If a,b and c are three unit vectors and d,e and f are three linearly independent unit vectors
     
     
such that a.b d  b.c e  c.a f  0 , then
   
(A) ka, b and mc are linearly independent (B)  de f   1
     
(C) abc   1 (D) a  b  c  . b  c  0
     
20
Comprehension Type
2 2 2 4 2
A circle C1 touches the circle x + y – a = 0 at A internally and the parabolas y – 16x = 0 at B and C
externally.
10. If ABC formed is an equilateral then AB =

2 1 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3
11. Which of the below is true?

1 2 2
(A) a  3  (B) radius of C1  (C) a  2 3 (D) radius of C1 
3 3 3 3
Let 1,  2 ,....,  n be the roots of the equation f  x   xn  p1xn1  .....  pn 1x  pn  0
f x n f x 
x  i
 
 x n 1   i  p1  x n  2   2i  ip1  p2 x n 3  ... Then x
i 1
 f   x  is an identity where
i
df  x 
f x 
dx
5
12. If f(x) = x 5  px 3  qx  t  0,  i3
i1
(A) p3  3q (B) 1 (C) 0 (D) p3  7q
21
3 2
13. If f(x) = x – 2x + x – 1 and i , i = 1, 2, 3 are three roots of f(x) = 0 then   3i is equal to
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
14. If f(x) = x3 – 2x2 + x – 1 = 0,  i4 

(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t

(A) The last three digits of 350 – 720 contains (p) 1
Divisors of the number of solution of the equation tan x  x, x  0,4 
(B) (q) 2
is/are ({x} is fractional part of x)
Divisors of the number of points of discontinuity of
2n
(C) f  x   lim
 x  1 x  3  x  5   32n (r) 4
2n
n
 x  1 x  3 x  5  3 2n

 Kx, x0

f  x    x  x , x  0,4  has local minima at x = 0 and x = 4, then
(D) K  8 (s) 6
2
   x  4 , x  4
 2
possible value of |K|, which are integer
(t) 8
22

4 3 2
7 x  9 x  x  5 x  9 xx  2  0 , {x} is factional part of x,
(A) (p) 0
then if m  z+, 2mx may be equal to
2
If 2y + 2xy – 5x = 0 has non-negative integral solutions in x and y
(B) (q) 2
then y may be equal to
A = {1, 3, 5, 7} and B = {2, 4, 6, 8} number of one-one function f: A 
(C) (r) 3
B such that f  i   i  2  i  A


 x  sin x, x   0,  

If f  x    0, x   then the value of x for which
(D)  (s) 4
1
  1  2
, x   ,  
 1  x  
--1
f(x) = f (x)
(t) 5
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If the number of ordered triplets (a, b, c) such that L.C.M (a, b) = 1000, L.C.M (b, c) = 2000 and
L.C.M (c, a) = 2000 be N then sum of digits of N is/are _______________
2.    
If arg z2n  n2  1 zn  1  knarg  z  , |z| = 1, n  N then k equal …
 e x  e  x , x0
3. If f  x    then the number of solution of the equation
log10 100  x , x  0,100 
 1 2
f  x   e   x 
 e e
4. The equation of a plane which passes through the line of intersection of the planes x + y + z – 1 =
0 and x – y + z – 3 = 0 and which is at maximum distance from the point (3, 4, 5) is ax + by + cz –
abc 
d = 0, the value of   is
 d 
2 p 
5. The quadratic equation 2x - 5x + p = 0 has roots equal to 2sin1  and 3 sin1  , then  

equals, [ . ] denotes greatest integer function.
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - IV
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.
answer.
Section-A (15 – 18) contains 4 Paragraph Type questions: Each question has FOUR options
(A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct. Each question carries +3
marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-CRT-IV-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A particle is projected from a point O with velocity u in a direction making an angle  with the
horizontal. At P, it is moving at right angles to its initial direction of projection. Its speed at P is
(A) u tan  (B) u cot 
(C) u cosec  (D) u sec 
2. A block of mass m moving with velocity v strikes elastically another

identical mass connected to a spring as shown in figure. The
k
maximum compression produced in the spring (Assume surfaces to m v m
be smooth) is
mv 2 mv 2
(A) (B)
2k k
mv 2
3k
3. A block of mass 20 kg and volume 103 cm3 is suspended vertically from a ceiling by a wire. The
linear mass density of the wire is 5  10–3 kg/m and its length is 50 cm. The wire is vibrating in its
fundamental mode and producing beats with a tuning fork of frequency 190 Hz. When the block
is just completely immersed in a liquid and vibrated in its fundamental mode, it produces the
same number of beats with tuning fork as earlier. Density of the liquid is (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 3.8 gm/cm3 (B) 7.6 gm/ cm3
3
(C) 1.9 gm/ cm (D) 5.0 gm/ cm 3
4. A vertical cylinder with a massless piston filled with one mole of an ideal gas. The piston can
move freely without friction. The piston is slowly raised so that the gas expands isothermally at
temperature 300 K. The amount of work done in increasing the volume by two times is
25
(R  J/mol/K , loge 2 =0.7)
3
(A) 1750 J (B) 2500 J
(C) 750 J (D) 4250 J
4
5. In Young’s double slit experiment, double slit of separation 0.1 cm is illuminated by white light. A
coloured interference pattern is formed on a screen 100 cm away. If a pin hole is located on this
screen at a distance of 2 mm from the central fringe, the wavelength in the visible spectrum which
will be absent in the light transmitted through the pin-hole are
(A) 5714 Å and 4444 Å (B) 6000 Å and 5000 Å
(C) 5500 Å and 4500 Å (D) 5200 Å and 4200 Å
6. The figure shows the variation of photo current with anode Photo current
potential for a photo-sensitive surface for three different
radiations. Let Ia, Ib and Ic be the intensities and fa, fb and fc c
be the frequencies for the curves a, b and c respectively; b a
(A) fa  fb and I a  I b
(B) fa  fc and Ia  IC
O Anode potential
(C) fa  fb and I a  Ib
(D) f b  f c and Ib  Ic

its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
7. A particle is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude which is always perpendicular to the
velocity of the particle. The motion of the particle takes place in a plane. It follows that
(A) its velocity is constant (B) its acceleration is constant
(C) its kinetic energy is constant (D) it moves in a circular path
8. A rod of mass ' M  m' carries an insect of mass ‘m’ at its bottom end
and its top end is connected with a string which passes over a smooth
pulley and the other end of the string is connected to a counter mass M.
Initially the insect is at rest. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the acceleration of centre of M
mass of the system (insect + rod + counter mass) becomes non-zero M m
(B) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, tension in the string remains
constant and is equal to Mg. m
(C) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the tension in the string becomes more than Mg.
(D) Acceleration of centre of mass of the system (insect + rod +counter mass) is zero when insect
moves with constant velocity.
5
9. A particle of mass m moves in a straight line. If v is the velocity at a distance x from a fixed point
2 2
on the line and v  a  bx , where a and b are constant, then
(A) The motion continues along the positive x-direction only
(B) The motion is simple harmonic
b
(C) The particle oscillates with a frequency equal to
2
(D) The total energy of the particle is ma
10. 10 gms of ice at 00C is mixed with 5 gms of steam at 1000C. If latent heat of fusion of ice is 80
cal/gm and latent heat of vaporization is 540 cal/gm. Then at thermal equilibrium
(A) temperature of mixture is 00C
(B) temperature of mixture is 1000C
(C) mixture contains 13.33 gms of water and 1.67 gms of steam
(D) mixture contains 5.3 gms of ice and 9.7 gms of water
11. In the given circuit the value of m is varying. The correct statements x
about the circuit are +
(A) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m =2.
V mr
(B) The maximum current is . mr
2r V
(C) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m = 2.
(r/m)
3V
(D) The maximum current is . y
2r –
12. Two straight conducting rails form a right angle where their ends are
joined. A conducting bar in contact with the rails start at the vertex at
t  0 and moves with a constant velocity v along them as shown. A 
magnetic field B is directed into the page. The induced emf in the v
circuit at any time t is proportional to
(A) t 0 (B) t
(C) v (D) v 2
6
13. The value of d for which the final image coinside with the object is/are:
f  15 cm R  20cm

O
30cm d
(A) 10 cm (B) 20cm
(C) 30 cm (D) 40cm
14. Hydrogen gas absorbs radiations of wavelength 0 and consequently emit radiations of 6 different
wavelengths of which two wavelengths are shorter than 0. Choose the correct statement(s).
(A) The final excited state of the atom is n = 4
(B) The initial state of the atom may be n = 2
(C) The initial state of the atom may be n = 3
(D) There are three transitions belonging to Lyman series.
Comprehension Type
correct
Two capacitors of capacity 6 F and 3F are charged to 100V and 50V separately and connected as
shown in figure. Now all the three switches S1, S2 and S3 are closed.
6F 3F
1 +– 2 3 +– 4
+ –– + ––
+ S2 +
100V 50V
S1
S3
200V
15. Charges on the 6F capacitor in steady state will be

(A) 400 C (B) 700 C
(C) 800 C (D) 250 C
7
16. Suppose q1, q2 and q3 be the magnitudes of charges flown from switches S1, S2 and S3 after they
are closed. Then
q2
(A) q1  q 3 and q2 = 0 (B) q 1  q 3 
2
(C) q1  q 3  2q 2 (D) q1  q 2  q 3
In physics laboratory, Peter is trying to calculate the focal lengths of a convex lens. He measures the
distance between a screen and a light source lined up on the optical bench to be 120 cm. When Peter
shifts the convex lens along the axis of optical bench, sharp images of the source is obtained at two lens
positions. He also measures the ratio of these two magnifications to be 1 : 9.
17. The focal length of the convex lens measured by Peter is

(A) 22.5 cm (B) 30 cm
(C) 45 cm (D) none of these
18. Which image, as seen by Peter is brighter?

(A) smaller (B) bigger
(C) both are equally bright (D) cannot be judged
8
SECTION – A
1. In a crystal structure of an element, atoms are present in fcc arrangement as well as in

tetrahedral voids. Which of the following relation between the atomic radius and the edge length
is correct?
(A) 2 a  4r (B) 3a  8r
(C) 3a  4r (D) a  2r
2. Which of the following does not contain transition metal?

(A) Haemoglobin (B) Vitamin B12
(C) Cis – platin (D) Chlorophyll
3. Which one of the following reactions is not correct?

(A) CH 3COOK  CF3COOH   CH 3COOH  CF3COOK
(B) OH ONa
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
+ NaHCO3 + CO     H O
2 2
NO2 NO2
(C)

+ NH4
+ + NH3
N N
N H N
(D)  CH 3CH 3ONa  H 2O  CO2   

CH 3CH 2OH  NaHCO3 
9
4. The stopping potentials in an experiment of photoelectric effect are V1 and V2 , with incident light

of wavelength  and respectively. The correct relation between V1 and V2 may be:
2
(A) V2  2V1  V1 (B) V1  V2  2V1
(C) V2  2V1 (D) V2  2V1
5. Cl Cl
Cl Cl
The dipole moment of is 1.5 D . The dipole moment of is :
Cl Cl Cl
Cl
(A) zero (B) 1.5 D
(C) 2.6 D (D) 2.12 D
6. Which of the following is not the compound of aluminium?

(A) anhydrite (B) bauxite
(C) corundum (D) Diaspore
7. Which of the following relation is/are correct about NaCl structure ( a is the edge length and r is
the radius of atom)?

(A)  a   2  rCl  
(B)   
2  a  4  rCl  

(C)  a   2 rCl   rNa  
(D) Cl  ions have expended fcc arrangement
10
8. When 5 mL of a 1.0 M HCl solution is mixed with 5 mL of a 0.1M NaOH solution,

temperature of solution increases by t C . Which of the following(s) can be predicted from this
observation:
(A) If 5 mL of 0.1M HCl is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NH 3 solution, the temperature rise will be
less than t C
(B) If 5 mL 0.1 M CH 3COOH is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NaOH , the temperature rise will be
less than t C
(C) If 10 mL of 1.0 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaOH, the temperature rise will be 2t C .
(D) If 10 mL of 0.1 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaCl, the temperature rise will be t C
9. Identify correct statement/statements from the following options:
(A) has aromatic system
(B) has cyclic 6  e  system


N
H H
(C)
Marked hydrogen in is more acidic then marked hydrogen in
(D) is unstable at room temperature
11
10. Which will show geometrical isomerism?

(A) H3C CH Me Me Me Me
NOH
(B)
Et Me Me Et
H3C (D) HO N
(C)
C NOH N OH
H3C
11. Identify the chiral molecule/molecules:

(A) H3C H
CH3
H (B) C C C C
NO2
O2N
(C) H3C CH3
(D)
CH3
12. Which of the following is/are can produce H2O2 on hydrolysis?

(A) BaO2 (B) PbO2
(C) MnO2 (D) Na2O2
12
13. The correct statement/statements is/are:

(A) The distance between two octahedral voids of a cubic close packing of atoms with radius r
is 2r
(B) The distance between two tetrahedral voids of a cubic close packing of atoms with radius r is
6  r at the body diagonal axes
3
(C) The distance between tetrahedral and octahedral void is  r , where is the radius of atom
2
forming the close packing
(D) The distance between the surface of atoms fcc arrangement along an edge is 2  
2 1 r
14. Identify the correct relationship:

2
(A) Cu  NH 3  4  with Hybridization of Cu  dsp 2
(B) Fe  CO  x with x  5
(C) Zn 2 Complexes with sp 3d 2 hybridization are diamagnetic in nature
3
(D) Cr Complexes with Paramagnetic nature
Comprehension Type
correct
Assume that water vapour behaves as an ideal gas and the volume occupied by the liquid water is
negligible compared to the volume of the container. A sample of liquid water of mass 3 g is injected into
an evacuated 76 L flask maintained at 320 K. At this temperature the vapour pressure of water is 32 mm
of Hg:
Now give the answers to following questions:
15. What % of the water will be vaporised, when the system comes to equilibrium:
(A) 18% (B) 73%
(C) 30% (D) 64%
16. What should be the minimum volume of the flask if no liquid water is to be present at equilibrium?
(A) 174L (B) 150L
(C) 104L (D) 126L
13
White phosphorus is a tetra atomic solid  P4  s   at room temperature and on strong heating in absence
of oxygen, it polymerizes into red phosphorus as:
P P P
P P P P P P H=-104KJ/mol of P4
P P P
White  g  red  g 
The enthalpy of sublimation  P4  s  
 P4  g   white is 59 KJ/mol and enthalpy of atomization is
316.25 KJ/mol of P  g  .
Now give the answers of following questions:
17. The average P  P bond enthalpy in P4 molecule is:

(A) 102 KJ (B) 201KJ
(C) 104 KJ (D) 120 KJ
18. The P  P bond enthalpy in red phosphorus joining the two tetrahedral is:
(A) 201KJ (B) 104 KJ
(C) 305 KJ (D) 80 KJ
14
SECTION – A
1. If z0 =
1 i
2
  2
  n

, then the value of the product 1  z 0  1  z 02 1  z 20 ..........1  z 20 must be
2 n 1  1 
(A) 2 (B) 1  i 1  n , if n  1
 22 
5
(C) 1  i , if n  1 (D) 0
4
N
2. Let N be any four digit number say x 1 x2 x3 x4. Then maximum value of is equal
x1  x 2  x3  x 4
to
1111
(A) 1000 (B)
4
(C) 800 (D) None of these
e cot x
3.  sin2 x [2 ln cosec x + sin 2x] dx is equal to
(A)  2ecotx ln (cosec x) + c (B) ecotx ln x + c

(C) ecotx (ln (cosec x) + c (D) none of these
4. Let P be any moving point on the circle x 2 + y2  2x = 1. AB be the chord of contact of this point
w.r.t the circle x 2 + y2  2x = 0. The locus of the circumcentre of the triangle CAB, (C being centre
of the circles) is
(A) 2x2 + 2y2  4x + 1 = 0 (B) x2 + y2  4x + 2 = 0
(C) x2 + y2  4x + 1 = 0 (D) 2x2 + 2y2  4x + 3 = 0
15
5. ABCD is a quadrilateral with side lengths AB = 4, BC = 10, CD = 6 and AD = 6, and diagonal BD

= 8 units. If the incircles of triangles ABD and BCD touch BD at P and Q respectively, then area
of quadrilateral C1PC2Q (where C1 and C2 are incentres of triangle ABD and BCD respectively), is
5 15
(A) 3  sq. units (B) 3 sq. Units
2
15
(C) sq. units (D) none of these
6
sin 1 x  tan 1 x
6. lim is equal to
x 0 x3
1 1
(A) (B)
6 2
1
(C) 2 (D) 
2
7. Consider the equation tan (5 cos ) = cot (5 sin ) for   (0, 2), then
(A) number of real solution is 28 (B) number of real solution is 14
2n  1 2n  1
(C) sin  + cos  = (D) sin  – cos  =
10 10
8. Three straight lines are drawn through a point ‘P’ lying in the interior of the ABC and parallel to
its sides. The areas of the three resulting triangles with P as the vertex are s1, s2 and s3 then area
of ABC =
2
(A)  s1  s2  s3  (B) (s1 + s2 + s3)
(C) s1s2  s2 s3  s3 s1 (D) s1 + s2 + s3 + 2  s1s2  s2 s3  s3 s1 

200
9. If k denotes the remainder on dividing  r ! by n then (k, n) can be
r 1
(A) (5, 14) (B) (1, 3)
(C) (3, 10) (D) (3, 15)
16
 1 0
10. The square roots of the matrix   are
0 1
 1 0  1 0 
(A)    (B)   
 0 1  0 1 
1 0 1 1
(C)    (D)   
 0 1 1 1
1 | x |
11. Range of the function f ( x )  contains
2 | x |
(A) [0,1) (B) [1, 2)
(C) (1, 2) (D) (2,  )
12. In ABC , if A  45, B  75 then

(A) a  2c  2b (B) 3a  2c
(C) a   
3 1 b (D) 3a  5b

13. Equation of plane through A(1,0, 0), B (0,1, 0) and making an angle with the plane x  y  3
4
can be
(A) x  y  2 z  1 (B) x  y  2 z  1
(C) x  y  2 z  1 (D) x  y  2 z  1
9
14. If the area bounded by the curve y  x  x 2 and the line y = mx equals . Then the value of
2
m is:
(A)  4 (B) 2
(C) 2 (D) 4
17
Comprehension Type
correct

7
Locus of the centre of a circle touching the circle x2 + y2 – 4y – 2x = internally and tangents on which
4
from (1, 2) is making an angle 60o with each other is director circle (C) of a variable ellipse E. On this
basis given answers to the following questions
15. The equation of the director circle (C) is

2 2 2 2
(A)  x  2    y  1  3 (B)  x  1   y  2   3
2 2 2 2
(C)  x  1   y  2   3 (D)  x  1   y  2   3
16. Locus of focus of variable ellipse(E) when major axis is parallel to x–axis, is
 3 
(A)  x, y  /
2
| x  1 | 3 and y  2  (B) x, y  / 0 | x | 3 and y  2
 

(C)  x , y  / 0 | x  1 | 3 and y  2  (D)  x , y  / 0 | x  1 | 3 and y  2
18
Let S = {1, 2, 3,…..n} be a set and two numbers x and y are drawn with replacement from S. Let Pk be the
probability that x2 – y2 is divisible by k & [x] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to x.
17. The value of P2 is equal to

2
 n 
 
1  2 
(A) (B)
2  n 
 
 
2 2
n  n   n  n 
 2    2   
2 2 2
 2    
(C) 1  2. (D) 1   2   
n  n  n  n 
   
   
18. The value of P3 is equal to

2
n   n 
3  
(A)
  (B)
 3 
n  n 
 
 
2 2
n   n   n  n 
 3    3    3    3  
(C) 1    (D) 1  2.  
n  n  n  n 
   
   
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - IV
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-C.

on OMR sheet.

answer.
(ii) Section-C (01 to 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with single digit integer as answer,
ranging from 0 to 9. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Two trains A and B are moving on same track in opposite direction with velocity 25 m/s and
15m/s respectively. When separation between them becomes 225 m, drivers of both the trains
apply brakes producing uniform retardation in train A while retardation of train B increases linearly
3
with time at the rate of 0.3 m/s . The minimum retardation of train A to avoid collision will be
2
(A) 2 m/s (B) 2.5 m/s2
2
(C) 2.25 m/s (D) 2.75 m/s2
2. Two blocks M1 and M2 rest upon each other on an inclined plane. M1

2=0.2
Coefficient of friction between surfaces are shown. If the angle  is A M2
slowly increased, then (M1 < M2) B
(A) block A slips first 1=0.5
(B) block B slips first
(C) both slip simultaneously 
(D) both remain at rest
3. An artificial satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit at a height equal to the radius R of the
earth. Suddenly due to internal explosion the satellite breaks into two parts of equal masses. One
part of the satellite stops just after the explosion. The increase in the mechanical energy of the
system (satellite + earth) due to explosion will be
(Given: acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g)
mgR
(A) mgR (B)
2
mgR 3mgR
(C) (D)
4 4
4
 
4. The equation of a particle executing SHM is given by x  3 cos t cm, where t is in second.
2
The distance travelled by the particle in the first 8.5 s is
 3   3 
(A)  24   cm (B)  27   cm
 2  2
 3   3 
(C)  24   cm (D)  27   cm
 2  2
5. n identical charged particles are placed on the vertices of a regular polygon of n sides of side
length a. One of the charge particle is released from polygon. When this particle reaches a far of
distance, another particle adjacent to the first particle is released. The difference of kinetic
energies of both the particles at infinity is k. Magnitude of charge is
k
(A) 40 ak (B)
40a
k
(C) (D) ka
a
6. A blocks P of mass 4 kg is placed on horizontal rough surface P

B 4kg A
with coefficient of friction  = 0.6. And two blocks R and Q of
masses 2 kg and 4 kg connected with the help of massless  = 0.6
strings A and B respectively passing over frictionless pulleys
as shown, then (g = 10m/s2) 4kg 2kg
(A) acceleration of block P is zero. Q R
(B) tension in string A is 20 N.
(C) tension in string B is 40 N.
(D) surface contact force on block P is 20 5 N.
7. A body moving towards a finite body at rest collides with it. It is possible that
(A) both the bodies come to rest
(B) both the bodies move after collision
(C) the moving body comes to rest and the stationary body starts moving
(D) the stationary body remains stationary; the moving body changes its velocity
5
8. An object is floating in a liquid, kept in a container. The container is placed in a lift. Choose the
correct option(s)
(A) Buoyant force increases as lift accelerates up
(B) Buoyant force decreases as lift accelerates up
(C) Buoyant force remains constant as lift accelerates
(D) The fraction of solid submerged into liquid does not change
9. A standing wave of time period T is set up in a string clamped between two rigid supports. At t = 0
antinode is at its maximum displacement 2A.
(A) The energy of a node is equal to energy of an antinode for the first time at t = T/8.
(B) The energy of node and antinode becomes equal after every T/2 second.
T
(C) The displacement of the particle of antinode at t  is 2A .
8
(D) The displacement of the particle of node is zero.
10. Charges Q1 and Q2 lie inside and outside respectively of a closed Gaussian surface S. Let E be
the field at any point on S and  be the flux of E over S:
(A) If Q1 changes, both E and  will change
(B) If Q2 changes E will change
(C) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
(D) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
11. Two circular coils of radii 5 cm and 10 cm carry equal currents of 2A. The coils have 50 and 100
turns respectively and are placed in such a way that their planes as well as their centres
coincide. Magnitude of magnetic field at the common centre of coils is
(A) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in same sense
(B) 4  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
(C) zero if currents in the coils are in opposite sense
(D) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
6
12. Two capacitors of capacitance C1 and C2 are charged to a potential +– +–

+– +–
difference of V1 and V2 respectively and are connected to an inductor + –
V1 + – + –
C + – V2
of inductance L as shown in the figure. Initially key k is open. Now key C 1
2
k is closed and current in the circuit starts increasing. When current in k

the circuit is maximum
(A) Charge on both the capacitors is same
(B) Induced emf in the inductor is zero
(C) Potential difference across both the capacitors is same
(D) Electrostatic potential energy stored in both the capacitors is same
13. When photons of energy 4.25 eV strike the surface of a metal A, the ejected photoelectrons have
maximum kinetic energy TA eV and de Broglie wavelength A. The maximum kinetic energy of
photoelectrons liberated from another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is TB = (TA–1.50)eV.
If the de Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is B = 2A , then
(A) The work function of A is 1.25 eV (B) the work function of B is 4.20 eV
(C) TA = 3.00 eV (D) TB = 1.5 eV
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A rigid ring is made to roll along the ceiling of a room, where exists
     
a uniform horizontal magnetic field of induction B perpendicular to B
the plane of the ring. The velocity of the centre of the ring is
v
constant and its modulus is v . A charge particle P of mass m is 
    
kmg
fixed on the ring. The charge q on the particle is so that
Bv  P    
there is no force of interaction between the ring and the particle,
then find the value of k ?      
7
2. Figure shows a charge array known as an “electric quadrupole”. For a point on the axis of the
r  1
quadruple, the dependence of potential on r   1 is n . Find n ?
a  r
a a

   P
q q  q q
r
3. A non conducting ring having uniform charge distribution q is
E
having a small cut of length b  b  R  is released from rest with
its plane parallel to the field as shown in the figure. If the maximum R
90
C qEb
angular velocity of the ring is , then find the value of C ?
22mR 2
4. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However, wire 1 has
cross-sectional area A and wire-2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases
by x on applying force 1 newton, how much force (in Newton) is needed to stretch wire 2 by the
same amount?
5. Two pendulums of lengths 1.44 and 1 metre length start swinging together. After how many
oscillation of first pendulum they will again start swing together?
8
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following compound has lowest potential energy?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
2. The following two compound are:
 I  II 
(A) Identical (B) conformational isomers
(C) geometrical isomers (D) structural isomers
3. If mercuric iodide is added to an aqueous solution of KI, the:

(A) freezing point is raised (B) freezing point is lowered
(C) boiling point does not change (D) freezing point does not change
9
4. Which of the following is weaker base?

(A) N  SiH 3 3 (B) N  CH 3  3
(C) NH  CH 3 3 (D) All are equally basic
5. Choose the correct method for each:

(A) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : van Arkel process, Zn : zone refinining, Ga : zone refining
(B) Ni : mond’s process, Cu : electrolysis, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : zone refining
(C) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : electrolysis
(D) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : mond’s process
6. Which of the following compound have larger C  O bond length than C  O bond length of
O
H3C C CH3?
(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O
10
7. Which of the following compounds are soluble in NaHCO3 ?

(A) Picric acid (B) SO 3H
(C) OH (D) COOH

NO 2 NO 2
8. Which of the following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) in theNaCl structures, each Na  ion is surrounded by 6Cl  ions as nearest neighbours

and twelve Na ions as next nearest neighbours.
(B) the co-ordination number of cation generally increases as the radius ratio increases
(C) packing efficiencies higher than 0.74 are possible only with cation and anion of different
sizes
(D) during a crystal defect electrical neutrality should be maintained.
9. Which of the following has/have a dipole moment:

(A) 2, 2,3,3  tetramethylbutane (B) Trans-2-pentene
(C) cis-1, 2-dichloroethene (D) trans-1, 2-dichloroethene
11
10. An optically active alcohol A  C8 H 16O  on oxidation gives B . A on acidic heating gives
C  C8 H 14  as major product. C on ozonolysis produces D  C5 H 8O  and
H3C C CH3 . D on reduction with LiAlH 4 gave OH .

O
Identify correct answer:
(A) CH3 (B) CH3
A is CH2OH B is COOH
H H
(C) (D)
C is D is O
11. A mixture of three proteins, (A) (pepsin), (B) (haemoglobin) and (C) (Lysozyme) was separated by
electrophoresis method at pH=7 . The pH at isoelectric point  pI  of the proteins are pI of
 A ,  B  and  C  which are following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) pepsin  A  will migrate to the cathode
(B) Lysozyme  C  will migrate to the anode
(C) Haemoglobin will not migrate
(D) at pH  7,  A  and  C  would precipitate out while  B  would remain in solution.
12. Which of the following order for basic strength is/are correct?
(A) N (B) O
  NH2 NH2
N N N 
H H
(C) (D)
N NH
  
NH N N
N
H H H
13. Which of the following has face centered Bravais lattice?

(A) Hexagonal (B) Monoclinic
(C) cubic (D) orthorhombic
12
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If four atoms of same radius are placed at the alternate corner of a cube touching each other,
than the length of body diagonal of the cube is equal to x  R , where R is the radius of atom.
Find the value of x?
2. The cost of electricity required to deposit 1 g Mg is Rs. 5.00. The cost of 30 g of Al to be

x
deposited is Rs. X. Find the value of ?
40

3. A certain buffer solution contains equal concentration of X and HX . The K b for X  is
1010 . Find the pH of this buffer solution?
4. Co forms dinuclear complex with a sigma bond within two Co atoms. Consider that metal
carbonyls follows EAN rule. The complex can be written as CO 2  CO  x . Find the value of x ?
5. Diethyl  ,   dimethylglutaric acid  ester  is condensed with diethyl oxalate in presence of

sodium ethoxide and ethanol to form a major product  P  , which on acidic hydrolysis followed by
heating gives another product Q  . Calculate total number of C=O bonds in P and Q 
compounds?
13
SECTION – A
1. Suppose f and g are functions having second derivatives f" and g" everywhere, if f(x) g(x) = 1 for
f " ( x ) g" ( x )
all x and f ' (x) and g' are never zero, then  equals
f ' (x) g' (x)
f ' (x ) f ' (x )
(A) (B) 2
f (x) f (x )
2g' ( x ) 2f ' ( x )
(C)  (D) 
g(x ) f (x)
2. Let a real valued differentiable function f(x) be strictly monotonic on [a, b], then
b f (b)
 f (x)  f b dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(A)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 f (x)  f a  dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(B)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 xb  f x 
2
 f (x)  f a 
2 1
(C) dx  dx
a f (a )
(D) None of these
14
 1 2
3. Let A be the point of intersection of the curve y  log 1  x    log 3 9x  6 x  1 and the
3
3
circle x2 + y2 = 17. B is also a point on the curve but lies inside the given circle such that its
abscissa is an integer, then max {AB} is
(A) 2 units (B) 3 units
(C) 4 units (D) none of these
2n
S 3n a
4. If Sn denotes the sum of first n terms of an AP and a n  , then Lt  r is equal to
S2n  Sn n 
r 1 n
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
5. The possible value of a for which e2x – (a – 2) ex + a < 0 holds for at least one positive x is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 7
6. The values of x for which x2 – 4x > cot-1 x holds true belong to

(A) (-, -1) (B) [5, )
(C) (-1, 5] (D) none of these
7. For a given parabola y2 = 4ax, two variable chords PQ and RS at right angles are drawn through
the fixed point A(x1, y1) inside the parabola, making variable angles  and  with x–axis. If r1, r2,
1 1
r3, r4 are distances of P, Q, R and S from A, then the value of 
r1 r2 r3 r4
(A) independent of  (B) independent of 
(C) depends upon both  and  (D) is a constant
15
2 3
8. From (1, 2), tangents are drawn to the curve y – 2x – 4y + 8 = 0. Then
(A) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(B) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is 4
(C) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(D) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is 4
b b x
9. If  f x dx   f x dx a  b  also f(x)  0 for any x  (a, b) and g  x   f  xdx , then
a a 0
b
 f x g x dx when a and

a
b are positive
(A) cannot be positive (B) cannot be negative

(C) cannot be equal to zero (D) nothing can be said
10. If , ,   R, then the determinant

(e i  e  i ) 2 (e i  e  i ) 2 4
i  i 2 i i  2
 = (e e ) (e  e ) 4 is
i  i 2 i i  2
(e  e ) (e  e ) 4
(A) equal to 0 (B) equal to e i       
(C) independent of ,  and  (D) dependent of ,  and
16
11. If AB = A and BA = B, where A and B are square matrices, then

(A) A2 = A (B) A2 = B
2
(C) B = B (D) B2 = A
12. If a complex number satisfies the equation |z| – log2(z + 2) = 0 (Re z > 0), then
(A) z =  z (B) |z| = 2

(C) arg(z) = (D) arg(z) = 0
2
13. If the equation x3 + 2x2 + x + k = 0 has three real roots in which two roots are equal, then value of
k is/are
27
(A) 0 (B) k =
4
4
(C) k = (D) none of these
27
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1 y 3
1. Find number of positive integral solution of equation tan x  cos 1  sin 1
1  y2 10
2. Tangent are drawn from any point on the hyperbola x 2 / 9  y 2 / 4  1 to the circle
x 2  y 2  9 If the locus of the mid-point of the chord of contact is a
2
 
a x 2  y 2  bx 2  cy 2 , then the value of
a 2  b2  c2  7870 is equal to…………….

17
1 2 2
 
3. If A   2 1 2  and A2  4A  5I = O where I and O are the unit matrix and the null matrix of
2 2 1
 
3 2 2
1
order 3 respectively. If 15A   2 3 2 then the find the value of .
2 2 3
4. The plane 2 x  2 y  z  3 is rotated about the line where it cuts the xy plane by an acute angle
 . If the new position of plane contains the point (3, 1, 1) then 9cos  equal to …….
2
5. If 0 < ,  < 2, then the number of ordered pairs (, ) satisfying sin ( + ) – 2 sin sin( + ) +
sin2 + cos2 = 0 is
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - III
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-B
on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 to 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one correct answer.
(ii). Section – B (01 – 04) contains 4 Match the following Type questions. Each question having 4
statements in Column I & 4 statements in Column II with any given statement in Column I having
correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each question carries +3
marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-CRT-III-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A tube of length  and radius R carries a steady flow of fluid whose density is  and viscosity  .
The fluid flow velocity depends on the distance r from the axis of the tube as
 r3 
v  v0 1  3 .
 R 
The pressure difference at the ends of the tube:
2v 0 4v 0
(A) 2
(B)
R R2
6v 0 8v 0
(C) (D)
R2 R2
2. A particle moving in x – y plane such that its x and y co – ordinates varies with time as
x  3t  2 and
y  4t  2t 2  6
Where x and y are in m and t in second. The minimum radius of curvature of the trajectory of the
particle is:
4 3
(A) m (B) m
3 2
2 9
(C) m (D) m
3 4
3. One mole of mono-atomic ideal gas follows a thermodynamic process such that the slope of
dT T
T – V curve i.e  .
dV 2V
The temperature of the gas is changes from T0 to 2T0. The work done by the gas in this process
3
(A) 2RT0 (B)  RT0
2
R
(C) RT0 (D)  T0
2
4
4. A spaceship is sent to investigate a planet of mass M and radius R. While hanging motionless in
space at a distance 5R from the center of the planet, the spaceship fires an instrument package
with speed 0 as shown in the figure. The package has mass m, which is much smaller than the
mass of the spaceship for what angle  will the package just graze the surface of the planet.
 GM 5 
 Given 2  
 V0 R 8 
v0
R

m 5R M
 2   3 
(A) sin1   (B) sin1  
 5  5
 2  3
(C) sin1   (D) sin1  
 5   5 
 

5. A short dipole having dipole moment P is placed at A nearby the surface
of a non – conducting sheet of surface charge density    such that area x
x
vector of sheet is parallel to dipole moment. It is found that equipotential x x
spherical surface centered at the location of dipole having radius R exist x
in the space. Then  of the sheet is x x A
x 
P P x P
(A) (B) x
8R3 4R3 x
x
2 P
(C) (D)
R3 2R3
6. For a particular value of unknown resistance x, maximum 1 1

power is delivered to 1  resistance marked in the figure.
This maximum power is: 1 4V 1V
2 4
(A) watt (B) watt 1
3 9 x
3 2V
(C) 1 watt (D) watt
2
1 1
5
7. A rod of mass m and length  is placed on a smooth horizontal B

table. An ideal string is tied to the end A of the rod and a point mass
m is connected to the other end of the string lies in the horizontal
plane. Initially the string is made perpendicular to the rod. Now an
impulse is given to the particle which imparts horizontal velocity v C
parallel to the rod as shown in fig. Just after the impulse is given to
the particle, the force applied by one half ‘AC’ of the rod to other v0
half ‘BC’ of the rod is: A
mv 20 mv 20 m
(A) (B)
20  10 
2 mv 02 1 mv 02
(C) (D)
5  5 
8. A plane longitudinal wave of angular frequency 1000 sec-1 is travelling along positive x – direction
in a homogeneous gaseous medium of density   1 kg / m3 . Intensity of the wave is I = 10-10
w/m2 and maximum pressure change  P m  2  104 N / m 2 . Assuming at t = 0, initial phase of
medium particle to be zero. Then maximum velocity the medium particle is
(A) 10 6 m / s (B) 10 5 m / s
(C) 2  106 m / s (D) 2  105 m / s
9. A table of height 1 m has a hole in the middle of its surface. A

thin golden chain necklace of length 1 m is placed loosely
coiled close to the hole, as shown in the fig. One end of the
chain is pulled a little way through the hole and then
released. Friction is negligible, and as a result, the chain runs 1m
smoothly through the hole with increasing speeds. After what
times will the two ends of the chain reach the floor?
(A) 4.5 sec (B) 3 sec
(C) 1.6 sec (D)1 sec
6
10. Two parallel rays of intensities I0 and 4I0 are incident on

the prism right angled prism normally. The emergent I0
rays are focused at P. The intensity of light at P is:
(A) 3I0 (B) 5I0 4I0
(C) 6I0 (D) 9I0 P
Comprehension Type
correct.
A long solenoid contains another co – axial solenoid whose radius is 2R and I

R respectively. Their coils have same number of turn per unit length and
initially both carry no current. At the same instant current starts increasing 2I
linearly with time in both solenoids. At any moment the current flowing in the
inner coil is twice as large as that in the outer one and their directions are
same. As a result of the increasing currents a charged particle initially at rest R
between the solenoid, starts moving along a circular trajectory (see fig).
2R
Answer the following question on the basis of this paragraph.
11. The speed of the particle as a function of time represented by the curve as
(A) V (B) V
O t O t
V (D) V
(C)
O t O t
7
12. The radius of the trajectory of charged particle is

(A) 2 3 (B) R 2
3R
(C) R 5 (D)
2
The wavelength of radiation emitted by a hydrogen like atom when de – excited from n1 = n to n2 = 1 is
given as
Kn2
 2
n 1
Answer the following question on the basis of this paragraph.
13. Then the ratio of maximum wavelength to minimum wavelength of radiation is

(A) 2 : 1 (B) 4 : 3
(C) 6 : 5 (D) 3 : 2
14. The ionization potential of the atom is 54. 4ev, Then the value of K is
0 0
(A) 12400 A (B) 3100 A
0 0
(C) 228 A (D) 1377 A
8
An oversimplified model of lightning is presented. Lightning is Current

caused by the build – up of electrostatic charge in clouds. As a
consequence, the bottom of the cloud usually gets positively Imax
charged and the top get negatively charged, and the ground
below the cloud gets negatively charged. When the 100 KA
corresponding electric field exceeds the breakdown strength
value of air, a disruptive discharge occurs, this is lightning.
Idealized current pulse flowing between the cloud and the

ground during lightning. t = 0.1 ms time
Answer the following questions with the aid of this simplified
curve for the current as a function of time and these data.
Distance between the bottom of the cloud and the ground h = 1
km. Breakdown electric field of humid air is E0 = 300 KV m-1.
Total number of lightning striking Earth per year = 32  106 .
15. What is the average current I flowing between the bottom of the cloud and the ground during
lightning
(A) 20 KA (B) 40 KA
(C) 50 KA (D) 60 KA
16. Imagine that the energy of all storms of one year is collected and equally shared among all
people for how long could you continuously light up a 100 watt light bulb for your share.
(A) 4 hr (B) 6 hr
(C) 8 hr (D) 10 hr
9
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
This section contains 4 questions. Each question contains p q r s
statements given in two columns which have to be matched. The p q r s
A
statements in Column I are labelled A, B, C and D, while the
statements in Column II are labelled p, q, r, and s. Any given B p q r s
statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE OR
C p q r s
MORE statement(s) in Column II. The appropriate bubbles
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to be D p q r s
darkened as illustrated in the following example:
If the correct matches are A-p and s; B-q and r; C-p and q; and D-s;
then the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the following.
1. Acceleration ‘a’ versus x and potential energy ‘U’ versus x graph of the particle moving along
x – axis is an shown in fig. mass of the particle is 1 kg and velocity at x = 0 is 4m/s. At x = 8m:-
U(J)
a(m/s2)
120
20
8
4 x (m)
4 8 x (m)
-120
(A) Kinetic energy (p) 120 J
(B) Work done by conservative forces (q) 128 J
(C) Total work done (r) -120 J
(D) Work done by external forces (s) 240 J
2. An ideal mono-atomic gas undergoes different types of process which are described in column– I.
Match the corresponding effect in column II.
The letters have usual meaning.
If volume increases then temperature will
(A) C = Cv – 2R (p)
also increase
If volume increases then temperature will
(B) PV 3  const. (q)
decrease
C  Cv  2R For expansion, heat will have to be supplied
(C) (r)
to the gas
If temperature increases then work done by
(D) P  2V 5 (s)
the gas is positive
10
3. Match the column:-

(A) A constant force acting along the line of SHM affects (p) The time period
A constant torque acting along the arc of angular
(B) (q) The mean position
SHM affects
A particle falling and sticking on the block (spring +
mass system) executing SHM on a smooth
(C) (r) The amplitude
horizontal plane when the later cross the mean
position affects
A particle executing SHM on a smooth horizontal
Maximum velocity or
(D) plane when kept on a uniformly accelerated car (s)
maximum angular velocity
moving along the line of SHM, it effects
4. An object O (real) is placed at focus of an equi – biconvex lens R R

as shown in figure. The refractive index of lens is   1.5 and air 
air
the radius of curvature of either surface of lens is R. The lens is O
surrounded by air. In each statement of Column – I some
changes are made to situation given above and information f
regarding final image formed as a result is given in Column – II.
The distance between lens and object is unchanged in all
statements of Column – I. Match the statements in Column – I
with resulting image in Column – II.
If the refractive index of the lens is doubled (that is,
(A) made 2 ) then (p) Final image is real
If the radius of curvature is doubled (that is, made
(B) (q) Final image is virtual
2R) then
If a glass slab of refractive index   1.5 is introduced
between the object and lens as shown, then
R R Final image becomes
 
smaller in size in
(C) O (r) comparison to size of
image before the
change was made
slab
If the left side of lens is filled with a medium of

refractive index   1.5 as shown, then
R R
 
Final image is of
(D) O air (s)
same size of object
11
SECTION – A
3
1. M CN   where M is Cr+3, Mn+3, Fe+3, Co+3
 6
The order of M – C bond length in complex is

3 3 3 3
(A) Cr CN 6   Mn CN 6   Fe CN 6   Co CN 6 
3 3 3 3
(B) Cr CN 6   Mn CN 6   Fe CN 6   Co CN 6 
3 3 3 3
(C) Cr CN 6   Mn CN 6   Fe CN 6   Co CN 6 
3 3 3 3
(D) Cr CN 6   Mn CN 6   Fe CN 6   Co CN 6 
2. The change in molar internal energy when CaCO3(s) as calcite converts to another form,
aragonite is + 0.21 kJmol-1. The molar enthalpy changes & internal energy changes are related
by: (Given: pressure P = 1 bar; densities of polymorphs are (calcite) = 2.71 gcm -3 & (aragonite)
= 2.93 gcm-3)
(A) H > U (B) H < U
(C) H = U (D) can’t be compared
12
3. The total number of planar species among the following is

(i) Al2Cl6 (ii) I2Cl6
(iii) (iv) Be2Cl4
(v) (vi)
(vii) XeF4 (viii)
(ix) (x) H H
+
C C C C C
+
H H
(xi) -
-
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 4 (D) 8
4. The compressibility factor of a real gas varies with pressure, P according to the curve shown
below:
Z
1.06
1.04
1.02
1
P
0.98 D
0.96
C
A
0.94
0.92
B
Choose the correct option with reference to the points in the curve shown
(A) at A, the gas is less compressible (since z < 1) than at D
(B) at B, attractive forces balance the repulsive forces between the gas molecules.
(C) at C, repulsive forces are dominating the attractive forces between the gas molecules.
(D) at D, repulsive forces are just sufficient to balance the attractive forces.
13
5. Compound PdCl4.6H2O is a hydrated complex, 1 molar aqueous solution of it has freezing point
269.28 K. Assuming 100% ionization of complex, calculate the molecular formula of the complex
(Kf for water = 1.86 K kgmol-1, freezing point of water = 273 K)
(A) [Pd(H2O)6]Cl4 (B) [Pd(H2O)4]Cl2.2H2O
(C) [Pd(H2O)3]Cl.3H2O (D) [Pd(H2O)2Cl4].4H2O
6. Which of the following is incorrect:

(A)
In all C – C bonds are not of equal length

(B) -
O O
-
In O O all C – C bonds are of equal length
(C) Na  s   NH3  liq.  Solution
x cc y mL z mL
then z < x + y
(D) none of these
7. Select the incorrect statement:

(A) CH3 F  CH2 F2  CHF3  CF4  dipole moment 
(B) CH3Cl  CH2Cl 2  CHCl 3  CCl 4  dipole moment 
(C) OH
O O
O > O OH (stability)
(D)
; chair conformer < twist boat conformer

(potential energy)
14
8. Which of the following is incorrect

(A) H2 > H (ionization energy) (B) O2 < O (ionization energy)
(C) He < He+ (ionization energy) (D) Li 2  Li 2 (stability)
9. The curve which doesn’t correspond to the respective curve for the 2s orbital is
(A) (B) 
 (r)  (r)
r (nm) r (nm)
(C) 2  (D) 
r  (r)  (r)
r (nm) r (nm)
10.
2K
P (Product)
H2SO 4
Q (Product)
The correct statement is
(A) P & Q are aromatic compound and Q has sp3 hybridized carbon atom
(B) P is aromatic with 10 e- & Q is aromatic with 2 e-
(C) P is aromatic and Q is anti-aromatic
(D) P is aromatic and Q is non-aromatic
15
Comprehension Type
correct.
Solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt is the product of its ionic concentration raised to proper
exponents present in its saturated solution.


e.g Ca3  PO4 2  s   2 3
 3Ca  aq  2PO4  aq 
3 2
K sp  Ca 2  PO43 
   
The common ions present in the solution decreases the solubility of a given compound.
11. The solubility of AgCN in a buffer solution of pH = 3 is [Ksp (AgCN(s) = 1.2  10-17 & Ka(HCN) =
4.8  10-10]
(A) 5  10-6 M (B) 5  10-5 M
-4
(C) 5  10 M (D) 2.5  10-6 M
12. Two sparingly soluble salts AX and BY2 have same solubility at a given temperature, so


AX  s   1 1
 A  aq  X  aq 


BY2  s   2 1
 B  aq  2Y  aq
(A) Ksp (AX) = Ksp (BY2)
(B) Ksp (AX) > Ksp (BY2)
(C) Ksp (AX) < Ksp (BY2)
(D) Ksp (AX) can be greater, equal or less than Ksp (BY2) depending upon the value of solubility
16
The formation of enamines by the reaction of aldehyde and ketones with secondary amines are reversible
in nature.
O R'' R'' R'' R''
N N
R + H2O +
R' H R
R'
Aldehyde or ketone Secondary amine Enamine
Enamines resemble enols in that electron pair donation makes their double bond electron rich and
nucleophilic.
R'' R'' R'' + R''
N N
R R
R' R'
-
Reaction of enamines with electrophiles (E+) leads to carbon-carbon bond formation. Subsequent
hydrolysis gives an -substituted derivative of original aldehyde or ketone.
Pyrrolidine is the secondary amine used most often for making enamines from aldehydes and ketones.

O + Benzene
N
N
H
Pyrrolidine
13. O
CH3
 H 2C CH C N H3O+
+ Benzene ethanol
Major Product
N
H
The major product is
(A) O (B) CH3 O
CH3 CH3 CH3
C
C N
N
cis + trans
(C) O (D) O
CH3
CH3
C C
N N cis + trans
17
14. (+)-2-Allylcyclohexanone has been prepared in 82% enantiomeric excess by alkylation of optically
active enamine prepared from cyclohexanone and an enantiomerically pure pyrrolidine derivative
of the following. Which one is the best pyrrolidine derivative to use in this enantioselective
synthesis?
(A) CH3 (B) H3C CH3
N CH3
H N
H
(C) (D)
H3C CH3 H3C CH3
N N
H H
The concentration of negative charge above and below the plane of the ring-carbon atoms is benzene’s
most accessible feature.
The concentration of charge shields the ring carbon atoms from the attack of nucleophilic reagents &
promotes attack by cations X+, or electron deficient species i.e. by electrophilic reagents:
15. For the electrophilic substitution reaction involving (i) nitration & (ii) sulphonation which of the
following sequence regarding rate of reaction is true?
(A) (i) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6 (B) (i) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6
(ii) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6 (ii) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6
(C) (i) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6 (D) (i) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6
(ii) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6 (ii) kC6H6  k C6D6  k C6T6
18
16. The product of the following reaction is

O
Cl AlCl 3 Zn(Hg), HCl Br2, FeBr3
(A) O (B) O
Br
Br
(C) (D) O
Br
Br
19
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s

P1(g)
R(s)
P2(g)
Kinetic product = P2. Thermodynamic

(A) product = P1. Spontaneous for both P1 & (p) P1
P2 at any temperature. P2
Energy R
Reaction Coordinate
P1 (g)
R(s)
P2 (g)

product = P1. Spontaneous for P2 only at
(B) (q)
high temperature. Spontaneous for P1 at
any temperature. R
Energy
P2
P1
Reaction Coordinate
P 1(g)
R(s)
P 2(g)

(C) product = P2. Spontaneous only at high T (r) P2
for both P1 & P2.
Energy
R P1
Reaction Coordinate
20
P1(g)
R(s)
P 2(g)

product = P2. Spontaneous for P2 at any P1
(D) (s)
temperature. Spontaneous for P1 only at
high T.
Energy
R
P2
Reaction Coordinate
21
2. Match the following for the equilibrium R  P;  r G   r G 0  RT ln Q .
Gibbs energy G
r Go  0
(A) (p)
At point A, rG = 0
A
 (R) = 1 extent of reaction,  (R) = 0

 (P) = 0  (P) = 1
Gibbs energy, G
r Go  0
(B) (q)
At point A, rG = 0
(R) = 1 A (R) = 0
P) = 0 (P) = 1
Gibbs energy, G
 rG o = 0
(C) (r)
At point A, rG > 0
R) 1 A R) 0
P) 0 P) 1
Gibbs energy, G
 rG o = 0
(D) (s)
At point A, rG < 0
(R) = 1 A (R) = 0
(P) = 0 (P) = 1
22
COOH

(A) (p) Diastereomers
COOH
Br2
(B) CCl4 (q) Racemic mixture

H
CH3
Br2
(C) CCl4 (r) No stereogenic center
CH3
H CH3
Pt
(D) C C + H2 (s) Meso compound
H3C C2H5
EtO /EtOD
(A) Ph  CH2  CH2  Br  (p) Ph  CH  CH2  Ph  CD  CH2
 E2 

EtO /EtOD
(B) Ph  CH2  CH2  Br  (q) CH3 CH2  CH  CH2
E1cB 
EtO /EtOH
(C) CH3  CH2  CH
|
 CH3  (r) CH3 CH  CHCH3
Br
EtO /EtOH
CH3  CH2  CH  CH3 
(D) | (s) PhCH  CH2

NMe3
23

SECTION – A
.
..
5.
55
1. 55  200 times 5 . What is the remainder when it is divided by 12.
(A) 5 (B) 7
(C) 9 (D) 11
2. Let A1, A2, …., An be interior angles of an n-sided convex polygon. Then the value of
cos  A1  A 2  ...  A k   k 
where cos   A i   0 for k = 1, 2, 3, …., n – 1
cos  Ak 1  Ak  2  ...  An   
 i1 
(A) Is independent of both k and n (B) Is independent of k but depends on n
(C) Is independent of n but depends on k (D) depends on both k and n
1 1 1
3. Let rK > 0 and zK  rK  cos K  isin K  for K = 1, 2, 3 be such that   0
z1 z 2 z 3
cos 2K  isin2K
Let AK be point in the complex plane given by K  for K =1, 2, 3. The origin
2
O is the
(A) Incentre of A1A 2 A 3 (B) Orthocentre of A1A 2 A 3
(C) Circumcentre of A 1A 2 A 3 (D) Centroid of A1A 2 A 3
 n n zj 
4. If z1, z2, ……………..,zn lie on z  r and Re    0
 j 1 K 1 zK 
n n n
1
(i) zj1
j 0 (ii) z
j1
j 0 (iii) z
j1
0
j
Which holds true

(A) only (i) and (ii) are correct (B) only (ii) and (iii) are correct
(C) only (i) and (iii) are correct (D) all (i), (ii) and (iii) are correct
24
5. The sum of the series

1 1 1 1 1 1 n 1 1 1
2
  3  4. .................  1 n 1
. ......................
2 1.2 2 2.3 2 3.4 2 n  n  1
3 3 1 5 5 1
(A) n  (B) n 
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 1 2 2 1
(C) n  (D) n 
3 3 2 5 5 2
6. A circle touches the parabola y2 = 4x at the point (1, 2) and also the directrix. The Y-coordiante of
the point of contact of the circle and the directrix is
(A) 2 (B) 2
(C) 2 2 (D) 4
7. Point O is the centre of an ellipse with major axis AB and minor axis CD. Point F is one of the
foci. If OF = 6 and the diameter of the inscribed circle of OCF is 2, then AB.CD = ____.
(A) 35 (B) 45
(C) 55 (D) 65
8. Let a be the positive real number and f : R  R be a function such that

2
f  x  a   1  2f  x    f  x   for all x  R. Then the period of f is
(A) 2a (B) 3a
(C) 4a (D) 5a
n n n
9. Sum of the coefficient of the terms of degree m in the expansion of 1  x  1  y  1  z  is
3
(A)  n
Cm  (B) 3  n
Cm  (C) n C3m (D) 3n
Cm
25

2
10. f  x   sin x    sin x  t cos x  f  t  dt. Pick the correct alternatives.


2
5 5
(i) maximum value of f(x) is (ii) minimum value of f(x) is 
3 3
5 5
(iii) maximum value of f(x) is (iv) minimum value of f(x) is 
2 2
Which holds true

(A) only (i) and (ii) are correct (B) only (ii) and (iii) are correct
(C) only (i) and (iv) are correct (D) only (iii) and (iv) are correct
Comprehension Type
correct.
If f is continuous on closed [a, b], differentiable on (a, b) and f(a) = f(b), then there exists c  (a, b) such
that f’(c) = 0
11. If f(a) = 0, then the equation f’(x) + f(x) = 0 has

(A) solution for all real  (B) no solution for any real 
(C) exactly one solution for all real  (D) solution for  = 1
a0 a a a
12. If  1  2  ... n1  an  0 where a0, a1 ……., an are real, then
n 1 n n 1 2
the equation a0 x n  a1x n1  a2 x n2  ...  an  0 has a root in
(A)  , 1 (B)  1,0  (C)  0,1 (D) 1, 
26
2
 a2  3
Let y = f(x) be quadratic polynomial such that f 
  a2  3
 x  f 
  a2  3 
 x , f  

a2  3  and
 a   a   a  a
     
x
the parabola y 2  is an equal parabola to that of y = f(x) then.
a
13. The roots of the equation y = f(x) = 0 are

(A) real and distinct for all a  0 (B) real and may be equal if a > 0
(C) real and distinct only if a > 0 (D) non real if a < 0
14. If exactly one root of the equation lies in the interval (0, 1) then the values of a is/are
 1  1
(A) a  R (B) [0, 1] (C) 0,  (D)  0, 
 2  2
In a second degree curve, a line which touches the curve can’t meet the curve again but in cubic and
other non algebraic curves, the tangent can meet the curve again. If we solve the equation of tangent and
cubic curve, we will get, in general, three roots two of which are equal.
15. The tangent at (1, 2) of y = x 3 + 1 will meet the curve again at

(A) (-2, -7) (B) (2, 9)
(C) (3, 28) (D) (-3, -27)
16. The tangent P(t) of the curve y = 8t3 – 1, x = 4t2 + 3 meets the curve again at Q(t’) and is normal
to the curve at that point, then value of t must be
1 1
(A)  (B) 
3 2
2
(C)  (D) none of these
3
27
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s
1. Match the sequence a1, a2,…………whose nth term is given on the left with properties on the
sequence on the right

2
1  cos 2nx
(A) an   dx (p) a1,a2……..are in AP
0 1  cos2x

2
1
(B) In   tan2 xdx and an  (q) a1,a2……..are in GP
0 In 1  In 3

2
sin2 nx
(C) In  0 sin x dx and an  In  In1,n  1 (r) a1,a2……..are in HP

2
sin2 nx
(D) an   2
dx (s) a1,a2……..are in AGP
0 sin x
2. If tangents drawn from a point P to the ellipse make angle  and  with the major axis, then the
locus of P

(A) If     (p) Ellipse
2
(B) If tan .tan   1 (q) Hyperbola
(C) If tan   tan   5 (r) Pair of straight line
(D) If cot   cot   8 (s) Circle
28
3. Match the following:-
The roots of the equation x 2  2  a  3  x  9  0 lie in (-6, 1) and 2,h1, h2,
(A) (p) 1
……..,h10, [a] are in HP. Where [ ] denotes GIF, then h2  h9 is equal to
  
If cosec      ,cosec,cosec      are in AP,     ,  , then the 3
(B)  2 2 (q)
number of values of  is
If the equation ax 2  b x  c  0 two distinct real roots, then the value of
(C) c (r) 12
could be
a
The number of ordered pair (x, y) such that x 2  2y 2  1 is,
(D) (s) -3
where x and y are prime numbers
k
4. Let A and B be two non singular matrices such that  AB   A k Bk for there consecutive positive
integral values of k.
(A) ABA-1 (p) A2
(B) BAB-1 (q) B
(C) AB2A-1 (r) A
(D) BA2B-1 (s) B2
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - III
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
marking.
(ii) Section-C (01 – 10) contains 10 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. 12 identical rods of length  area cross section area A and B C

thermal conductivity K are connected to form a regular
hexagon ABCDEF with centre as O as shown in figure. If heat
dQ A D
energy entering at point A at rate  P and leaving from
dt O
point D. Temperature at end A is T then
 12P 
(A) temp at D is  T   F E
 KA 
 2P 
(B) temp at O is  T  
 5KA 
 3P 
(C) temp at B is  T  
 10KA 
 4P 
(D) temp at D is  T  
 5KA 
2. Two tunnels are dug through the earth as shown in figure. O is the
centre of earth. A particle B is released from rest from position
shown and travels through the tunnel. At the same time particle B
from A is projected toward the centre O with velocity V such that
both A and B collide before they could change their direction of 3R/4
motion. Then the velocity V given to A is
O
3 GM 5 GM
(A) (B)
4 R 12 R
4 GM 4 GM
(C) (D)
9 R 5 R A
4
3. Figure shows block B partially immersed in liquid and block A sunk completely and settled at
bottom of the container. Area of the cross section of the container is always constant and equal
to a. Assume that dA > dL > dB  and  represent the coefficient of linear and volume expansion
respectively. Choose correct statement.
B
A
(A) if   0 and A = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system level of liquid H will
increase
(B) if   0 A = L = 0 then increasing the temp of system buoyant force on B increase
(C) if 3  L then on decreasing the temp of the system the fraction of volume of B immersed
will increase
(D) if A  0  = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system buoyant force on A will
increase
4. A long thin wooden cylindrical shell of radius R carries uniform surface charge density . It is
rotating about its axis with angular velocity . Which increases slowly with time t as  = kt where
k is constant. Which of the following statement is/are correct

x
(A) both the magnetic and the electric field are uniform and constant
(B) the magnetic field is uniform but not constant and the electric field is constant but not uniform
(C) the magnetic field is constant but not uniform electric field is uniform but not constant
(D) total energy U stored in both types of field varies with time as U = a + bt2 where and b are
positive constant
5. A metal plate when exposed to light of wavelength  photoelectrons are ejected when a retarding
electric field of intensity E is applied none of the photoelectrons can move away from the plate
farther than a certain distance d. Which of the following correct expression for the threshold
wavelength .
hc hc
(A)  th  (B)  th   
eEd eEd
1
 1 eEd 
(C)  th     (D) none of these
  hc 
5
6. In the circuit are shown two parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C and 2C consisting of plates
of identical dimensions having separation between two plates 2d & d respectively has shown in
figure. They are connected with an ideal battery of terminal voltage as shown in figure – I. Now
capacitor smaller in volume is completely inserted into the other capacitor larger in volume and
kept in symmetric position and then connection polarities of the plates are reversed as shown in
figure – II. Identify correct statements.
d/2
d 2d
d
d/2
Figure - I
Figure - II
(A) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery absorbed energy
(B) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery delivers energy
(C) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery absorbs energy
(D) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery delivers energy
7. Two mirrors M1 and M2 make an angle  with line AB. A point source S is kept at a distance r from
the point of intersection of mirror along line AB. A small hemispherical annular mask is kept close
to S so that no ray emanating from S directly reaches the screen kept at distance b from the
source. Interference pattern of rays reflected from M1 and M2 is observed on screen. Find the
fringe width of this interference pattern  = wavelength of light being emitted by source.
(A)

 b  2r sin2   (B)
  b  2r cos 2 
2r sin2 2r sin2
  b  r cos     b  2r cos 2 
(C) (D)
2r sin2 r sin 2
6
8. Three capacitors of capacitance C, 2C and 3C and three R

resistors R, 2R and 3R are connected with a battery and -3CV 3CV
switch S as shown in figure. When the switch is open
charge on capacitors are shown. Switch S is closed at t CV -CV 2R
= 0. Time constant for the circuit is C 2C 3C
3R
(A) RC
6RC
(B)
11
4V S
36RC
(C)
121
(D) none of these
9. A small collar of mass m is given an initial velocity of magnitude V0 on the

horizontal circular track fabricated from a slender rod. If co-efficient of friction
is k. Determine distance travelled by collar before comes to rest (Recognize
that the friction force depends on the net normal force).
r
 2 4 2 2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
r  V0  V0  r g  r
(A) ln (B) ln  0 0 
k  rg  4k  rg 
   
 V 2  V 4  r 2 g2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
2r  0 0 r
(C) ln  (D) ln  0 0 
k  rg  2k  rg 
   
10. Two parallel resistanceless rail are connected by an inductor of B

inductance L at one end as shown in figure. A magnetic field exist
in space which is r to plane of the rails. Now a conductor of
length  and m is placed transverse on rail and given an impulse J
towards rightward direction. Select correct option L
V
3J2L
(A) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of conductor d 
4B2  2m
3J2L
(B) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of the conductor d 
B2L2m
3J2
(C) current flowing through the inductor at the instant where velocity is half of initial is I 
4Lm
(D) current flowing through the inductor at the instant when velocity of the conductor is half of the
3J2
initial velocity is I 
mL
7
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. A uniform disk rotating about its vertical axis is placed on a horizontal floor divided in two halves.
The co-efficient of friction are 1 = 0.78 and 2 = 0.67 between the disk and right and left halves
respectively. Consider the line dividing two half as y-axis and point where centre of disk lies on
origin of co-ordinate system. Acceleration of the centre of disk immediately after it is placed on
K 22
floor is ms2 . g = 10 ms-2,   .
20 7
2. Figure shows VT diagram for helium gas in a cyclic V

process. Then ratio of maximum and minimum pressure 2V 2
is TV = constant
V TV = constnat
T
T 2T 4T
3. In a thin vertical U tube of very long arms is m 1 mass of mercury. Period of small amplitude
oscillation of mercury is T1 = 2S. If in one arm m2 = 100 g of water is poured the period of small
oscillation becomes T2 = 3S then mass m1 = 16 K gm. Find K …
4. Figure show the snapshot of the transverse Q

sinusoidal wave on a string at time t = 0 sec. 3
A
125 A/2 2
Frequency of wave is Hz . T1 is the time at
6
which the line joining P and Q become horizontal A
for first time (after t = 0) if wave is travelling
toward +ve x direction and T2 is the time at which
the line P and Q becomes horizontal for first time
(after t = 0) if wave is travelling in – ve x direction
T 22
then 1  . Find K …
T2 K
8
5. A block rest on a long plank moving at 2 ms-1. The co-efficient -1

2 ms
of friction between the block and plank is 0.1. The plank starts -1
decelerating uniformly and stops in 0.5 s. Acceleration due to 2 ms
K
gravity is 10 ms-2. The distance slid by block on plank is m.
4
Find K …
 y
6. In the given electric field E   d  x  i  E0 ˆj 
N/C a hypothetical closed surface is taken
as shown in figure. The total charge c
enclosed within the closed surface is k0.
Then find the value of k(a = 2 m, b = 3 m
and c = 2 m)
a
x
z b
7. In the given Y.D.S.E the distance between the slits = 1 cm and the distance between slits and
screen is D1 = 1 m. If the source of the light S is placed at distance below 5 mm below the line
OO at distance D2 = 50 cm from slits. Find distance of central maxima from O (in cm)?
5 mm O O'
S
D2 = 50 cm
D1 = 1 m
Slits Screen
9
8. A gas of hydrogen like atoms can absorb radiation of 68 eV in first excited state. Consequently
the gas emit radiations of only three different wavelengths. All the wavelengths are equal or
smaller than that of the absorbed photon. The atomic number of gas atom is …
9. A conducting rod of mass m and length ℓ is suspended horizontal with help of two identical non-
conducting springs each of stiffness K in presence of uniform horizontal magnetic field of
induction B. The rod can slid between two fixed frictionless vertical conducting guides as shown
in figure. The rod is pulled slightly downward and then released. Neglect resistance and
inductance in circuit. Acceleration due to gravity is g. The time period of oscillation is T = k.. If m
= 7B2ℓ2C and m = k. Find k ?
10. You have m = 1 kg of super cooled water at temperature – 10oC kept in a container and crushed
at temp  = - 20oC kept in another container. How much ice you should add to the water so that
whole water freezes S  4.2  103 J kg 1 K 1 , SI  2.1 103 J Kg 1K 1 . Latent of heat of ice
L  336  103 J Kg 1 and meeting point of ice is  = 0oC. Heat capacity of the vessel and heat
less to surrounding is negligible.
10
SECTION – A
1. Select correct statement(s).

(A) all N – N bond lengths are same in N3 ion
(B) all N – N bond lengths are not identical in N3H
(C) in HN3 terminal N – N bond length is shorter than the central N – N bond length
(D) azide ion and hydrazoic acid have same number of electron.
2. For the Br- catalyzed aqueous reaction

Br 
HNO2  C6 H5 NH2  H    C6H5 N2  2H2O
proposed mechanism is
K1

(I) H   HNO2   
 H2NO2  fast 
K 1
K
(II) H 2NO2 
 ONBr  H2O  slow 
 Br 2 
K3
(III) ONBr  C6 H5 NH2   C6 H 5N 2  H 2O  Br   fast 

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) order with respect to H+ is 1 (B) order with respect to Br- is 1
(C) order with respect to C6H5NH2 is 1 (D) order with respect to HNO2 is 1
3. The order of first ionization energies are given below. Find the incorrect order(s).
(A) F  N  O  C  B  Be (B) C  Si  Ge  Pb  Sn
(C) B  Al  Ga  In  Tl (D) O  Cl  Br  I  S
4. In antifluorite structure
(A) oxide ions have face centred cubic arrangement
(B) cations are present in all the tetrahedral voids
3a
(C) rNa  rO2 
4
(D) cations are face centred and anions are present in all the tetrahedral voids
11
5. Identify the incorrect statement(s).

2
(A) NiCl4  as well as [Ni(CO)4] are paramagnetic
(B) CFSE for [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is 0.4 0
3 3 3
(C)  0 increasing order is  CrCl6   Cr NH3 6   Cr  CN 6 
(D) in spectro chemical series, halide ions are arranged as I- < Br- < Cl- < F-
6. On being treated with HCl, acetone gives

(A) mesityl oxide (B) phorone
(C) mesitylene (D) aldol
7. Which of the following plot(s) is/are correct

(A) (B)
Radial distribution function
Radial distribution function

3p
1s
3s
Radius
Radius
(C) (D)
2p
Radial wave function
Radial wave function
1s 3p
3d
Radius
Radius
12
NO
8. CH3  CH2  CH2  NH2  2 3

The product(s) formed is/are
(A) H3C CH CH3 (B) CH3  CH2  CH 2  OH
OH
(C) CH3  CH  CH2 (D) CH3  CH2  C  N
9. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for crossed cannizzaro reaction?
CHO CHO
OH-
+
NO 2
NO 2
(A) (B)
(A) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (A)
(B) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (B)
H
-
O
OH
(C) the H- ion transfer takes place from O 2N

H
-
O
OH
(D) the H- ion transfer takes place from NO 2
13
I , NaOH
10. C8H8 O  A  
2
 yellow ppt.
-
HCN, OH
B
A 1) LDA
C
2) EtBr
Ph - CHO
D
NaOH
CH2 CHO
(A) A is (B) B is optically active

O O
|| ||
(C) C is Ph  C CH2  CH2  CH3 (D) D is Ph  CH  CH  C Ph
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. CH3
Reagent
H3C CH CH CH2 Alcohol
Following are the possibilities of products on applying specific reagents:
Reagent Possible product
CH3
1. B2H6 / H2O2 , NaOH
H3C CH CH2 CH2 OH
CH3 HO
2. PdCl 2 , H2O, O2 / LAH
H3C CH CH CH3
OH
3. Hg OAc 2 , H2O / NaBH 4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
OH
5. dil. H2SO4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
How many of the above mentioned pairs are correct?
14
2. How many of the following reactions give aromatic species?
(I) + KH
(II) + 2K
NaNH2
(III)
NaNH2
(IV)
NaNH2
(V)
NaNH2
(VI)
3. The formation constant is x  105 for the reaction of a tripositive metal ion with thiocyanate ion to
form the mono complex. If the total metal concentration in the solution is 2.0  10-3 M, the total
SCN- concentration is 1.50  10-3 M, and the free SCN- concentration is 1.0  10-5 M. Find the
value of x.
4. One of the most stable nuclei is 55Mn . Its nuclidic mass is 54.9244 u. Determine its average
binding energy per nucleon in MeV if mass of proton and neutron are 1.00783 u and 1.00867 u
respectively.
15
5. How many of the following chemical compound(s) appear black?

MnO2, SnS, CO3O4, Ni2O3, K2Cr2O7, CoS, anhydrous CoSO4, Bi2S3, HgS, Sb2S3
6. Ka for the acid ionization of Fe3+ to Fe(OH)2+ and H+ is 5.26  10-7. What is the maximum pOH
value which could be used so that at least 95% of the total Iron(III) in a dilute solution exists as
Fe3+?
7. How many of the following chemical reagents impart brick red colouration to the flame during
flame test? Dolomite, bleaching powder, rock salt, nitrolim, lime-stone, carnallite, alum, gypsum.
8. The number of P – O – P bonds in cyclic trimeric metaphosphoric acid are
9. How many products are formed for the following synthesis?

O
HO H
Kiliani - Fischer Synthesis
H OH
H OH
OH
D-Arabinose
10. How many of these show optical activity?

Br Br
Et CH3
Me H Me Me
, , ,
Me H H H H H
I I
CH3  CH  C  C  CH  C2 H5 , CH3  CH  C  C  C  CH  C2H5 , cis-cyclooctene, trans-
cyclooctene, (2R, 3S) 2, 3-dihydroxybutane-1, 4-dioic acid.
16

SECTION – A
2n 2
 K  n   n CK n 
2
1. Let f  n   where n  2 then
K n1
 n3  131n  150  2n 2
(A) f  n   n2 2n Cn  2n (B) f  n     Cn 1
 30 
625  48! 625  50!
(C) f  25   (D) f  25    50
 24!2  25!2
2. The probability that a zoo has exactly n tiger is Pn, n  1. All sex distribution of n tiger in that zoo
have the same probability then the probability that the zoo contain exactly K male tiger (where K
 1) is
K 1 K
1  P  2  P 
(A)   (B)  
1 P  1 P  1 P  1 P 
K 1
 2  P 
(C)    (D) none of these
 2  P   1 P 
3. Which holds true if A is a square matrix of order n.

n2 3n 2 n2 3n 3
(A) adj adj  adj A   A A 1 (B) adj adj  adj A   A A 1
3 3
(C) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 

n1 1
(D) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 
n1 1
4. The equation of the straight line which meets the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – p2 = 0 at points which
are at a distance ‘d’ from a point A(1 + , 2 + ) on the circle is
(A) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (B) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2
(C) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (D) 2x  2 y  2    2   d2  2  p2  5 
17
2 2
5. Let S & S be the foci of an ellipse b2  x  2   a2  y  1  a2b2 whose eccentricity is e and P is
a variable point on the ellipse then
(A) locus of incentre of PSS is hyperbola
(B) locus of incentre of PSS is ellipse
2e
(C) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
2e
(D) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
ex
6. Let f be a function satisfying fe  x   and g  x   f4  x 
ex  e
1996
 r 
(A) f2  x   f2 1  x   1 (B)  g  1997   1996
r 1
2n 1
 r 
(C)  2f  2n    2n  1 (D) all of the above
r 1
7. Two tangents on a parabola are x – y – 1 = 0 & x + y + 11 = 0. If S(1, 3) is focus of the parabola

where P & Q are end points of focal chord then
(A) equation of tangent at vertex 3y – 2x + 1 = 0
(B) equation of directrix 3y – 2x + 8 = 0
30
(C) latus rectum is
13
1 1 2 13
(D)  
SP SQ 15
8. If a, b, c, d are in GP where a, b, c, d are positive number then

(A) a – b > d – c
(B) ab + cd > 2(ac + bd + bc)
  
(C) 2 c 1d1  a 1b1  2 b1d1  a 1c 1  a 1d1 
1 1 2
(D)  
d b c
18
n x n
a  a
9. lim x c n    1   is equal to
x  x  x
n! an e a
(A) n a (B)
a e n!
n! an ea
(C) n a (D)
ae n!
10. Suppose we uniformly and randomly select a permutation from the 20! Permutation of 1, 2, 3 ….
20. What is the probability that 2 appears at an earlier position than any other even number in the
selected permutation.
1 1
(A) (B)
2 10
9!
20!
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. A quadrilateral ABCD in which side AB, BC, CD, DA are in GP such that circle can be inscribed in
n
it and another circle is circumscribed about it, then angle A is equal to where n & q are
q
coprime then (n + q) equal to
2. Set S   y  x , x  r  0  y  r / r  N , 1  r  n then total number of triangles formed by the

lines in the given sets is K(2n) then K is …
3. In ABC, ADB, ADC median AD, AE, AF respectively is drawn and BC is equal to 4, then the
value of AE2 + AF2 – 2AD2 is
4. The volume of the reel – shaped solid formed by the revolution about the y-axis of the part of the
20
parabola y2 = 2x cut off by the latus rectum is P then value of P is

19
5. If a + 1 > b and A, B, C are variable angles such that

a  1  b 2  b  tan A  a tanB  a
2 2

 1  b  b  2  tanC  3a then value of  tan2 A is
6. Let PQRSTU is a hexagon such that PQ = QR = RS = 3 and ST = TU = UP = 6. If the vertices P,

a
Q, R, S, T, U are concyclic, then the radius of the circle passing through them is a , then is
3

 cos  n  1 x  cosnx  n
7. If   dx  then value of n is
0  cos x  1  2
8. Assuming x – y + 2z = 0 to be the horizontal plane then equation of line of greatest slope through
the point (2, 2, 1) in the plane 2x + y – 6z = 0 is L having cosine ratio a : b : c then value of
 2a  b 
  is ..
 c 
9. Number of real value of x satisfy this equation e2x  ex  3  5cos x   1  0
45    ai  bi  ci2     ai  bi  ci2   90

1  1 
10. If   sin Re
   2

   cos Re  2
  is equal
x
then x equal to
i1    bi  ai  ci     bi  ci  ai  
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part has two sections: Section-A & Section-C.
on OMR sheet.

(i). Section-A (01 to 08) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have one or more correct
answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for wrong answer.
Section-A (09 to 12) contains 2 paragraphs with each having 2 questions with one or more than
one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for
wrong answer.
(ii). Section-C (01 – 08) contains 8 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-CRT-II-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More than One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C)
and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
1. A small solid ball of density  is held inside at point A a cubical P Q

container of side L, filled with an ideal liquid of density 4 as L/2
shown in the figure. Now, if the container starts moving with a
A
constant acceleration a horizontally and the ball is released
from point A simultaneously, then L/2
(A) For ball to hit the top of container at end Q, a = 3g R L S
(B) For ball to hit the top of container at end Q, a = 2g
L
(C) Ball hits the top of container at end Q after a time t =
3g
2L
(D) Ball hits the top of container at end Q after a time t =
3g
2. A non-conducting ring of mass m and radius R has a charge Q uniformly distributed over
its circumference. The ring is placed on a rough horizontal surface such that plane of the
ring is parallel to the surface. A vertical magnetic field B = B0t2 tesla is switched on. After
2s from switching on the magnetic field the ring is just about to rotate about vertical axis
through its centre:
2B0RQ
(A) Friction coefficient between the ring and the surface is .
mg
B RQ
(B) Friction coefficient between the ring and the surface is 0 .
2mg
(C) If magnetic field is switched off after 4s, then the angle rotated by the ring before
2B0Q
coming to stop after switching off magnetic field is .
m
(D) If magnetic field is switched off after 4s, then the angle rotated by the ring before
BQ
coming to stop after switching off magnetic field is 0 .
m
4
3. Choose from following the correct statement(s)

(A) The no. of significant figures in 0.0145m is 3.
(B) When 2.251 is rounded off to one decimal place the answer is 2.3
(C) When 2.251 is rounded off to one decimal place the answer is 2.2
(D) The least count of weighing machine is 100 Kg. The measured value wing this
machine is written as 2000 Kg. The no. of significant figure in this is one.
4. A particle of mass m and charge q is projected in a region where an electric field is


existing and given by E  E0 î , with a velocity v 0 ˆj from the origin at time t = 0, then
choose the correct statement (assuming m2 v 20  2qE0mx 0 ).
(A) radius of curvature of the particle when its x-coordinate becomes x0 is 2x0.
(B) radius of curvature of the particle when its x-coordinate becomes x0 is 4 2 x0.
(C) speed of the particle when its x-coordinate becomes x0 is v 0 .
(D) speed of the particle when its x-coordinate becomes x0 is 2v 0 .
5. An object of length 1m is placed on a principle axis

of biconvex lens of radius 5 cm. Distance between 1 cm =2 =1 =1
1.5
the lens and object is 20 cm. Space between the
lens and object is filled with medium of two
different refractive index 2 and 1 as shown in the 10cm 10cm
figure. Refractive index is 1 on the left of the object
and on the right side of the lens. Boundary of both
medium is mid-way between the object and lens as
shown in figure.
(A) The image will be formed at distance of 7.5 cm from the optical centre.
(B) The image will be formed at distance of 10 cm from the optical centre.
(C) The size of the image is 0.5 cm.
(D) The size of the image is 0.4 cm.
5
100F
6. In the given circuit, the AC source has  = 100 rad/s. 100
Considering the inductor and capacitor to be ideal, then

(A) the peak value of current through the circuit, I is 0.3 A
0.5H 50
(B) the peak value of current through the circuit, I is
0.3 2A
20V
(C) the peak value of voltage across 100  resistor =
~
100 2 V
(D) the peak value of voltage across 50  resistor = 10 V
7. In the series L – C – R circuit, the voltage across resistance, capacitance and

inductance are 30V each at frequency f = f0.
(A) It the inductor is short-circuited, the voltage across the capacitor will be 30 2 V.
30
(B) If the capacitor is short-circuited, the voltage drop across the inductor will be V.
2
(C) If the frequency is changed to 2f0, the ratio of reactance of the inductor to that of the
capacitor is 4 : 1.
(D) If the frequency is changed to 2f0, the ratio of the reactance of the inductor to that of
the capacitor is 1 : 4.
8. A heavy mass M resting on the ground is connected to a lighter mass m

through a light inextensible string passing over an ideal pulley. The string
connected to mass M is loose. Let lighter mass m be allowed to fall
freely through a height h such that the string becomes taut. If t is the time m
between the string become taut to just before the heavier mass again
makes contact with the ground and E is change in kinetic energy to
become taut at first time. M
2m 2h 2m 2h
(A) t = (B) t =
Mm g Mm g
 Mm 
(C) E =    gh (D) E = –Mgh
Mm
6
Paragraph type
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there will be TWO
questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE
of these four option(s) is(are) correct.
A radioactive nucleus X decays to nucleus Y which further decays to a stable nucleus Z as

given below:
x = 0.1 sec-1
X X Y
1
Y  sec 1
30
Z
(stable)
Initially the sample contains nucleus of X only and its population is N0 = 1020. Further,
the population of Y as a function of time is given by
N  t
Ny  t   0 x e y  e  x t 
x   y  
9. If NX, NY and NZ represent population of X, Y and Z respectively at any instant of time t

then:
dNY NY dNy N
(A)  (B)  0.1Nx  Y
dt 30 dt 30
dNY NY dNY N
(C)  (D)  0.1NY  Y
dt 30 dt 30
10. The time at which population of Y is maximum is:

(A) In 3 (B) In 5
(C) 15 In 3 (D) 5 In 3
7
A long insulating cylinder of radius R and length l carries a uniformly

distributed surface charge Q. A massless string is coiled around the
cylinder from which a block of mass m hangs. The mass is free to
move downwards and cylinder can rotate about its axis. Assuming
moment of inertia of cylinder is zero, if system is released from rest at ++++++++++
+++++++++
t = 0 (a is acceleration of block). ++++++++++
11. Induced electric field at the surface of cylinder is

 Qa  Qa
(A) 0 (B) 0
l 4l
 Qa 30Qa
(C) 0 (D)
4l 4l
12. Tension in the string is

 Q2a 0 Q 2 a
(A) 0 (B)
l 4l
0 Q 2 a 0 Q 2 a
(C) (D)
4 l 2l
SECTION – C
This section contains 8 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer
from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
1. A convex lens of focal length 1.5 m is placed in

a system of coordinate axis such that its optical 
centre is at origin and principal axis coinciding (–2,0.1)
0.1m
with the x-axis. An object and a plane mirror (0,0)
are arranged on the principal axis as shown in
figure. Find the value of d (in m) so that y- 2m d
coordinate of final image (after refraction and
reflection) is 0.3m. (Take tan  = 0.3)
8
2. A solid cylinder with r = 0.1 m and mass M = 2 kg is placed such

that it is in contact with the vertical and a horizontal surface as
shown in figure. The coefficient of static friction is  = (1/3) for
both the surfaces. Find the distance d (in cm) from the centre of
the cylinder at which a force F = 40 N should be applied vertically
so that the cylinder just starts rotating in anticlockwise direction.
3. Inner surface of a cylindrical shell of length l and of material of T1 T2

thermal conductivity k is kept at constant temperature T1 and outer
surface of the cylinder is kept at constant temperature T2 such that
 T1  T2  as shown in figure. Heat flows from inner surface to outer
surface radially outward. Inner and outer radii of the shell are R and
R l
2R respectively. Due to lack of space this cylinder has to be 2R
l R
replaced by a smaller cylinder of length , inner and outer radii
2 4
and R respectively and thermal conductivity of material nk. If rate
of radial outward heat flow remains same for same temperatures of
inner and outer surface i.e. T1 and T2, then find the value of n.
4. A ball of mass 1 kg and radius 10 cm is given an angular 0

velocity 100 rad/s and is then dropped from a height H = 500
m from a point A above the ground. The coefficient of A
restitution for the collision between the ball and the floor is
H = 500 m
0.5 and coefficient of friction between the ball and the floor is
1/3. There is a smooth wall at a distance of 250 m from point
O (which is vertically below A). The collision between the ball
and wall is perfectly elastic. If the height at which the ball hits
250 O B
the wall is find the value ‘x’.
x 250 m
9
5. What will be angular frequency (rad/sec) for small k

oscillation of block of mass m in this arrangement m
 k 10  k l/2
shown. Neglect the mass of the rod.   SI unit 
m 3 
k l/2
6. A long straight wire carries a charge of

1.0 × 1.08 C/m (figure). A coaxial cylindrical
equipotential surface, radius 1.0 m, has a potential
of 100 V. The radius of the 1000 V equipotential
cylinder is e–n. Find the value of n.
7. A wire is wrapped over a hemi-spherical cone of radius R.

If N = number of turns and I = current per turn and the
 Ni
induction at O is o , the value of ‘n’ is
nR
8. The given figure shows a YDSE apparatus

2
are incident on slits S1 and S2 ( S1S2  mm )
3
at an angle 30o with the horizontal. The S1
medium on left side of the slits in 30 0

P
water   w  4 / 3  . To obtain the central

S2
maxima at point P, a glass slab  g 
 3 / 2 is D
introduced in front of slits S1. If the thickness

of the glass slab required for this purpose is t
then find the value of 9t.
10
SECTION – A
(One or More than One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C)
and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
1. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct regarding the structure of XeF4?
(A) The hybridization of Xe is sp3d2
(B) The lone pairs occupy the axial positions of a tetrahedron
(C) Two types of bond angles are observed in the molecule
(D) The bond pair dipole moments cancel the lone pair dipole moments
HI
2. CH3OC2H5   Pr oduct  s 
Which of the following product(s) is/are formed in the above reaction?
(A) CH3OH (B) CH3I
(C) C2H5OH (D) C2H5I
3. Which of the following reaction(s) take(s) place during rusting of the surface of iron?
(A) Fe  s   Fe 2  aq   2e 
(B) O 2  g   4 H  4 e  2H2O l 
(C) 4Fe2  aq  O2  g  4 H2O  l  
 2Fe2O3  s   8H
(D) Fe2O3  s   xH2O l   Fe2O3 .xH2O
11
4. O
O
Choose correct statement about the above compound?
(A) It reacts with CH3MgBr followed by hydrolysis to form a tertiary diol.
(B) It exhibits tautomerism.
(C) Oxidation of it with acidified permanganate solution followed by heating forms
cyclohexan-1, 4-dione
(D) When reacts with Clemmensen’s reagent it forms
5. Borax structure contains

(A) two BO4 groups and two BO3 groups (B) four BO4 groups only
(C) four BO3 groups only (D) three BO4 and one BO3 groups
6. For the decomposition of NH3(g) in a sealed tube



2NH3  g  
 N2  g   3H2  g 
(A) Kp does not change with pressure
(B) concentration of H2(g) is less than that of nitrogen
(C) concentration of ammonia does not change with pressure
(D) Kp changes significantly with pressure
7. Which are buffer mixtures?

(A) H3BO3 and borax (B) NaOH and NaNO3
(C) CH3COONa and CH3COOH (D) NH4OH and NH4Cl
12
8. 
CaCO3(s)  
 CaO(s) + CO2 (g) Kp = 2 atm at 300 K
20 gram CaCO3(solid) is heated in a closed container of volume 1 litre at 300 K. Which
is/are the correct option(s)?
(A) On addition of small amount of CaCO3, pressure of CO2 will increase
(B) On increasing temperature, the decomposition of CaCO3 becomes faster
(C) Amount of CaO should decrease on addition of CaCO3.
(D) Equilibrium constant depends on temperature.
Paragraph type
The rate of chemical reactions are strongly affected by temperature. The rate of certain
reactions increases by 2 or 3 times by 10oC rise in temperature. The relation between rate
constant and temperature is given by Arrhenius equation.
k  Ae Ea /RT
The constant ‘A’ is called Arrhenius constant or pre- exponential factor. Taking logarithm of the
equation, we have
Ea
logk  log A 
2.303RT
The rate constant of a reaction is given as:
1.25  10 4 K
 
logk sec 1  14 
T
Answer the following questions on the basis of the above write up.
9. The pre-exponential factor or frequency factor(A) of the reaction under consideration is:
(A) 10-14sec-1 (B) 1014 sec-1
(C) 14 sec-1 (D) ln14 sec-1
13
10. At what temperature, the rate constant of the reaction is equal to the pre-exponential
factor?
1.25  10 4
(A) T = 0 K (B) T  K
14
14
(C) T =  K (D) T  K
1.25  10 4

An aromatic tertiary alcohol upon acid catalysed dehydration gives a product (I). Reductive
ozonolysis of (I) forms compounds (J) and (K). Compound (J) upon reaction with NaOH gives
benzyl alcohol and compound (L), whereas (K) on heating with NaOH gives only (M)
Answer the following questions on the basis of the above write up.
11. The tertiary alcohol in the above question is formed by the reaction of
O
(A)
PhCH2MgBr
Ph H
O
(B) PhMgBr
Ph CH3
O
(C) PhCH2MgBr
Ph CH3
O
(D) PhMgBr
Ph H
12. The structure of the compound (I) is:

(A) CH3 CH  C  Ph (B) PhCH  C  CH3
Ph Ph
(C) PhCH = CH – CH3 (D) PhCH  C  CH3
CH2Ph
14
SECTION – C
1. How many sigma bond(s) is/are formed by silicon in silica (SiO2)?

2. The pH of the mixture of 50 ml of 0.05 M NH4OH + 50 mL of 0.05 M CH3COOH
p Ka CH3COOH  4.74, pKb NH4 OH  4.74 
3. In a particular reaction the time required to complete half of the reaction (i.e. t1/2) was
found to increase 16 times when the inital concentration of the reactant was reduced to
one-fourth. What is the order of the reaction?
4 What is the coordination number of beryllium in solid BeCl2?
5. In a solution containing 0.02 M CH3COOH and 0.01M C6H5COOH . If Ka CH3COOH and
K a C6H5COOH are 1.8  10 5 and 6.4  10 5 respectively, then the pH of solution is
6. Ammonia gas at 76 cm Hg pressure was connected to a manometer. After sparking in

the flask, NH3 is partially dissociated as follows. 2NH3 (g)  N2 (g)  3H2 (g) The level in
the mercury column of the manometer was found to show the difference of 24cm. The
partial pressure of H2 (g) at equilibrium is 6y(in cm Hg). Find the value of ‘y’
7. SiO2
HF
   A   H2O
HF
  B 
How many total number of atom(s) or species is/are present in one molecule of (B)?
8. The molecular formula of an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is C6H12O2. How many

secondary carbon atom(s) is/are present in its isomer which has maximum value of pKa ?
15
SECTION – A
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C)
and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
1. Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4,……..,n} and f n be the number of those subsets of S which do not
contain consecutive elements of S, then
n  n  1 n  2 
(A) fn  (B) fn  2fn 1
6
(C) fn  fn 1  fn  2 (D) f4  8
2. Let f  x  be twice differentiable function such that f "  x   0 in 0,2 . Then

(A) f  0   f  2   2f  c  ,0  c  2 (B) f  0   f  2   2f 1
(C) f  0   f  2   2 f 1 (D) f  0   f  2   2f 1
8 3 
3. Let f  x   x  x  tan x , where 0  x  , then
9 6
(A) f '  x   0 (B) f "  x   0
(C) f "'  x   0 (D) f  x   0
16
4. A function y  f  x  satisfies the following conditions

(i) f 1  1
(ii) The tangent at any point of the graph of f  x  cuts off on the y – axis an intercept
equal to the square of the abscissa of the point of tangency
Which of the following are correct?
(A) The graph of y  f  x  passes through the origin
 3
(B) y  f  x  denotes a conic where coordinates of focus are  1, 
 4
32
(C) The area enclosed by f  x  , and the line y  3  0 is .
3
(D) y  f  x  has no maxima.
5. In which of the following situations, it is possible to have a triangle ABC?

(All symbols used have usual meaning in a triangle.)
(A) (a + c – b) (a – c + b) = 4bc (B) b2 sin 2C + c2 sin 2B = ab
2  A C  A C
(C) a = 3, b = 5, c = 7 and C  (D) cos    cos  
3  2   2 
6. Given that x1, x 3 are roots of the equation ax 2  4x  1  0 and x 2 , x 4 are roots of the
equation bx 2  6x  1  0 . If x1, x 2 , x3 , x 4 are in harmonic progression, then
(A) 3a  b  1 (B) a 2  b2  73
1 1
(C) 2a  3b (D) 
a b
7. Let an  111...1 , then

 
n times
(A) a912 is not prime (B) a951 is not prime

(C) a480 is not prime (D) a91 is not prime
17
8. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?

(A) If f  x  is differentiable  x  0, 1 , then f ‘(x) must be bounded in [0, 1]
(B) There exist a bijective function f : 0, 1  0, 1 which is not continuous
(C) Let f :  1, 2  R be defined as f  x   x 2  cos x  4, then f  c   2 for some
c   1, 2  .
1
(D)  
If f  x   3  x  e x , then f 1 '  4  is equal to
2
Paragraph type
Paragraph for Questions 09 to 10
A sequence of ellipse E1,E2 ,.......En is constructed as follows. Ellipse En is drawn so as to touch

ellipse En 1 at the extremities of the major axis of En 1 and to have its foci at the extremities of
the minor axis of En 1 . (en is eccentricity of ellipse En)
9. If e n is independent of n, then the eccentricity of ellipse En  2 is:

3 5   5  1
(A)  (B) 
 2   2 
   
2 3 3 1
(C) (D)
2 2
x2 y2
10. If equation of ellipse E1 is   1 , then the equation of ellipse E3 is:
9 16
x2 y2 x2 y2
(A)  1 (B)  1
9 16 25 49
x2 y2 x2 y2
(C)  1 (D)  1
25 41 16 25
18
Paragraph for Questions 11 to 12
In a triangle if the sum of two sides is x and their product is y x  2 y such that  
 x  z  x  z   y , where z is the third side of the triangle.
11. Greatest angle of the triangle is
(A) 105o (B) 120o
(C) 135o (D) 150o
12. Area of the triangle is:

y 3 x 3
(A) (B)
4 4
z 3
4
SECTION – C
1. An urn contain 3 red balls and n white balls. Mr. A draws two balls together from the urn.
The probability that they have the same colour is 1/2. Mr. B draws one ball from the urn,
notes its colour and replaces it. He then draws a second ball from the urn and finds that
5
both balls have the same colour is . The possible value of n is_________
8
2. Consider the system of equations ax  y  b, bx  y  a,ax  by  ab where

a,b  0,1,2,3, 4 . Find the number of ordered pairs (a, b) for which system is consistent.
 ˆ  1, r  (iˆ  2ajˆ  k)
ˆ  2 and r  (a î  a 2 ˆj  k)
3. If planes r  (iˆ  ˆj  k) ˆ  3 intersect in a line,
then find the number of real values of a.
19
4. The 20th term of an arithmetic sequence is log10 20 and the 32nd term is log10 32 . If
exactly one term of the arithmetic sequence is a rational number which in lowest form is
p
;  p,q  N  then (p + q) = _____
q
5. Let f  x  be a differentiable function in  1,   and f  0   1 such that

ln  f  x    n2
2
t 2 f  x  1   x  1 f  t 
lim  1 . Then value of Lim 
t  x 1 f  t   f  x  1 x 1 x 1
1 1
1 2
6. If f : 0,1  R is a continuous function satisfying  f  x  dx 
0
 f x2
3 0
   dx , then the
 1
reciprocal of f   is __________
4
7. Any chord of conic x 2  y 2  xy  1 passing through origin is bisected at point (p, q), then
p  q equals __________
8. Let z and  be complex numbers such that z    i and z2  2  1 . If area of triangle

formed by z,  and origin is equal to A, then find the value of 16A2.
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

(i). Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for wrong
answer.
(ii). Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Match the following Type questions. Each question having 4
statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement in Column I having
correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each statement carries +2
marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
(iii). Section-C (01 – 08) contains 8 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More Than One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 10 multiple choice type questions. Each question has four choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
1. A 10 m long horizontal stainless steel wire AB of mass 1 kg whose end A is fixed, is

connected to a massless string BC passing over a smooth pulley. String BC is
connected to a container of mass 2 kg at end C. Water (density = 1  103 kg/m3) is
poured in the container at a constant rate of 2.25 litre/sec at t = 0. Also at t = 0, a pulse
is generated at end A. Choose from the following the correct option(s).
(A) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.612 sec
(B) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.212 sec
(C) Tension in the string at this moment is 33.77 N
(D) Tension in the string at this moment is 24.77 N
2. In a cylindrical region of radius R, there exists a time varying ×

dB × R ×
magnetic field B such that  k(  0) . A charged particle having × × ×
dt O
× × ×
charge q is placed at the point P at a distance d (> R) from its centre ×
O. Now, the particle is moved in the direction perpendicular to OP d
(see figure) by an external agent upto infinity so that there is no gain
in kinetic energy of the charged particle. Choose the correct
statement/s. P
qR 2
(A) Work done by external agent is k if d = 2R
4
qR 2
(B) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
8
qR 2
(C) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
4
qR 2
(D) Work done by external agent is k if d = 6R
4
4
3. If the dimensions of length are expressed as Gx cy hz; where G, c and h are the universal
gravitational constant, speed of light and Planck’s constant respectively, then
1 1 1 1
(A) x  , y  (B) x  ,z 
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
(C) y = , z  (D) y   ,z 
2 2 2 2
4. A ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a frictionless m

horizontal surface. A particle of mass m is projected from point R
A with velocity v at an angle of 45° with AO as shown. The
45°
correct statements are A O
4R 2
(A) The particle reaches the same point A on the ring after time .
v
mv
(B) Magnitude of impulse transformed during first collision is .
2
mv
(C) Magnitude of impulse transformed during second collision is .
2
2R
(D) Particle reaches diametrically opposite point on the ring in time .
v
5. Two projectile are thrown at the same time from two different points. The projectile
thrown from the origin has initial velocity 3iˆ  3ˆj with respect to earth. The projectile has
initial velocity a î  bjˆ with respect to earth thrown from the point (10, 5). ( î is a unit
vector along horizontal, ĵ along vertical). If the projectile collides after two second, then
the
1
(A) value of a is -2 (B) value of a is
2
1
(C) value of b is (D) value of b is –2
2
5
6. A thermally insulated chamber of volume 2V0 is divided by a

frictionless piston of area S into two equal parts A and B. Part A B
has an ideal gas at pressure P0 and temperature T0 and in part B is A
vacuum. A massless spring of force constant k is connected with
piston and the wall of the container as shown. Initially spring is
unstretched. Gas in chamber A is allowed to expand. Let in
equilibrium spring is compressed by x0. Then
kx0
(A) final pressure of the gas is
S
1 2
(B) work done by the gas is kx0
2
1 2
(C) change in internal energy of the gas is kx0
2
(D) temperature of the gas is decreased
7. A particle mass m charge q is moving on a circular

vo
path on the surface of a frictionless table with speed P
vo where a magnetic field Bo exists uniformly over r
the whole region. It is attached by a string which
passes through a hole in the table to a spring as
shown.
The spring is stretched by xo. If now the magnetic
field is increased slowly to 2Bo, which of these are
Bo
incorrect?
(A) The extension in the spring will increase
(B) The speed of the particle will increase
(C) The speed of the particle will decrease
(D) The kinetic energy of the particle will decrease
6
8. A particle of mass m is attached to one end of the light inextensible

string and other end of the string is fixed in vertical plane as shown.
5 l
Now particle is given horizontal velocity u  gl , then which of the
2
following statement/s is/are correct.
u
0
(A) The string makes angle with the downward vertical is 60 when acceleration of the
particle is horizontal.
(B) The tension in string is 2 mg when acceleration of the particle is horizontal.
3
(C) The speed of the particle is gl when acceleration of the particle is horizontal
2
(D) The particle will not complete the circle.
9. In the given circuit initially the capacitor is uncharged. At R R

t = 0 the key k is closed. Choose the correct option(s)
11RC R
(A) The time constant of the circuit is . R C
4 E
11RC k
(B) The time constant of the circuit is .
5 R R
3E  1 
(C) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
5E  1 
(D) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
10. For the circuit shown in the figure, which of the following 6 2H
statements is/are correct
12 4
(A) Its time constant is 0.25 second
(B) In steady sate, current through inductance will be equal to 6V
zero.
(C) in steady state, current through the battery will be equal to
0.75 amp.
(D) none of these
7
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains p q r s t
statements given in two columns which have to be matched. The p q r s t
A
statements in Column II are labelled p, q, r, s and t. Any given B p q r s t
C p q r s t
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to be D p q r s t
If the correct matches are A-p, s and t; B-q and r; C-p and q; and
D-s and t; then the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
following.
1. Match the Column:

Column  I Column  II
(A) I 2
(p) 1 and 2 attract each other
1 2 P
I1
(B) I2 (q) 1 and 2 repel each other


P1
2
I1

(C) I2 (r) 1 and 2 do not exert any force on
2
each other
P
I1
1
(D)  (s) Magnetic field at point P due to
P wires 1 and 2 are perpendicular to
each other.
I1 Wires 1 and 2
are in same
 plane without
touching each
other
(t) Magnetic field at point P due to
wires 1 and 2 are in same
direction.
8
2. In the circuit shown in figure, R1 = R2 = R3 = 3 and e.m.f. E

A3
of each cell is E = 4V and negligible internal resistance.
All ammeters are ideal. Match the following:
b R1
E a E
A2 A1
R3
R2
Column - I Column - II
(A) Reading of ammeter A1 in ampere is (p) 4/3
(B) Reading of ammeter A2 in ampere is (q) 8/3
(C) Reading of ammeter A3 in ampere is (r) 4
(D) Potential difference between point a and point (s) zero

b in volt is (t) 2
SECTION – C
1. A point source of power 4W is placed 1m below the free surface of liquid whose
2
refractive index is ' ' . Find the rate of transfer of energy (in watt) from the liquid
3
surface to air. Ignore any absorption or scattering of light energy.
2. A double convex lens forms a real image of an object on a screen which is fixed. Now
the lens is given a constant velocity v0 along its axis and away from the screen. For the
purpose of forming the image always on the screen, the object is also required to be
given an appropriate velocity. Find the velocity of the object at the instant its size is n
times the size of image. (Take n = 1/2 and v0 = 1 m/s)
9
3. In the diagram there are four conducting plates A, B, C

+q1 +q2 –q3 +q
and D placed parallel to each other at equal separation +Q 3 +Q
L. If plate C starts moving towards plate B with velocity v. –q1 –q2
Find the current (in mA) flowing in the wire connecting A A B v C D
and D. (assume all other plates to be fixed) (Given: q2 =
5C, q3 = 10C, v = 10 m/s, L = 0.05 m )
4. A thin uniform rod of mass ‘m’, length ‘’ rotates uniformly about a vertical axis , form a
conical pendulum, the upper end of the rod is hinged and  is angle between rod and
vertical.
m2 2
If the change of angular momentum of the rod about hinge is  sin 2 then the
x
value of ‘x’ will be
5. Identical metal plates are located in air at equal

distances d from one another. The area of each plate is Q
equal to A. The capacity of system between points P and
K o A
Q is . Then the value of ‘K’ is
d
P
6. The figure shows a RC circuit with a parallel plate capacitor. –Q0

Before switching on the circuit, plate A of the capacitor has a
charge –Q0 while plate B has no net charge. Now, at A B
t = 0, the circuit is switched on. How much time (in second) R
will elapse before the net charge on plate A becomes zero. S
6
2  10
(Given C = 1F, Q0 = 1mC,  = 1000 V and R  ) 
ln 3
7. A ring of mass 3 kg is rolling without slipping with linear velocity 1 m/sec on a smooth
horizontal surface. A rod of same mass is fitted along its one diameter. Find total kinetic
energy of the system (in J).
x 3 9x 2
8. Potential energy of a particle moving along x-axis is given by U =   20x . Find
3 2
out position of stable equilibrium state.
10
SECTION – A
and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
1. Which of the following compound produce any gas when reacts with water?
(A) KO2 (B) CaC2
(C) Mg3N2 (D) Ba(NO3)2
2. Which of the following compound does exhibit mesomeric effect?
CH 2OH
OH
(A) (B)
OH
OH
(C) (D)
3. Which of the following compound of carbon forms acidic solution when reacts with water
at room temperature?
(A) CO (B) COCl2
(C) CCl4 (D) CH4
4. Which of the following element is present in silicones?

(A) Carbon (B) Hydrogen
(C) Oxygen (D) Sulphur
5. The boiling point of which of the following aqueous solution(s) is/are greater than 100oC?
(A) 0.2 M NaCl (B) 0.1 M AlCl3
(C) 1 M KNO3 (D) 2 M BeSO4
11
6. Which of the following is/are the coordination isomer(s) of [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6]?

(A) [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6] (B) [Cr(NH3)4(CN)2] [Co(CN)4(NH3)2]
(C) [Cr(NH3)3(CN)3] [Co(NH3)3(CN)3] (D) [Cr(NH3)4] [Co(CN)4]
7. Which of the following two compound(s) form different number of gases on heating?
(A) LiNO3 and NaNO3 (B) MgCl2.6H2O and Na2SO4.10 H2O
(C) FeSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3 (D) CaCO3 and BeCO3
8. Which of the following compounds can be distinguished by Fehling’s test?
(A) CH3CHO and CH3COCH3 (B) CH3CH2CHO and CHO
(C) CHO and CH3COCH3 (D) CH3CHO and HCHO
9. The hcp and ccp structure for a given element would be expected to have
(A) the same coordination number (B) the same density
(C) the same packing fraction (D) the same edge length
10. In which of the following pair, the dipole moment of first compound is greater than that of
the second compound?
(A) NH3, NF3 (B) CHCl3, CCl4
(C) CO2, SO2 (D) BF3, NF3
12
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the radicals mentioned in Column-I with their reactions mentioned in Column-II.
(A) Fe2+ (p) Forms precipitate with KCN, which is
soluble in excess of the reagent.
(B) Hg2+ (q) Forms precipitate with NaOH and
NH4OH, which is insoluble in both
excess of reagent.
(C) Pb2+ (r) forms coloured precipitate with KI,
which is soluble in excess of reagent.
(D) Ag+ (s) forms black precipitate with H2S which
is soluble in hot and dilute HNO3.
2. Match the aqueous solutions of acids, bases and salts mentioned in Column-I with their
pH and nature mentioned in Column-II.
(A) HCOOH ( p a = 3.74, 0.1 M) + (p) Acidic buffer at its maximum capacity
K
HCOONa (0.1 M)
(B) CH3COOH (0.1 M) + HCl (0.1 M) (q) behaves as a buffer
(C) CH3COOH ( pKa = 4.74, 0.1 M) + (r) pH < 7 at 298 K

NH4OH ( pKa = 9.26, 0.1 M)
(D) HCOONa (300 mL of 0.1 M) + HCl (s) pH = 7 at 298 K
(100 mL of 0.1 M)
13
SECTION – C
1. 4.48 litre of an ideal gas at STP requires 12 calorie to raise the temperature by 15oC at
constant volume. What is the value of CP of the gas in calorie unit?
2. How many maximum number of nitro product(s) is/are formed when CH3CH2CH3 reacts
with fuming HNO3?
3. The half-life of a zero order reaction is 4 sec. How much seconds is needed for 75%
completion of the reaction?
4. What is the sum of the number of equivalents of glucose and the number of equivalents
of phenylhydrazine required to form one equivalent of glucosazone?
5. 

Compound X dissociates according to the reaction 2X  g  
 2Y  g   Z  g  , with
degree of dissociation  which is small compared with unity, if expression for  in terms
1/n
 2K p 
of equilibrium constant Kp and total pressure P is given as     . The value of n is
 P 
14
6. In the present graphs, the area of circle A and B are 25 unit and 20
unit respectively. Work done will be ____ unit. P
A B
2B
k1
A k1 1
7. For a hypothetical elementary reaction, Where  initially only 2
k2 2
k2
2C
moles of A are present. Total number of moles of A,B and C at the end of 75% reaction
are X. What will be the value of 2X
8. A vessel of 250 litres was filled with 0.01 mole of Sb2S3 and 0.01mole of H2 to attain the


equilibrium at 4400C as Sb2S3  s   3H2  g  
 2Sb  s   2H2S  g  . After equilibrium,
the H2S formed was analysed by dissolved it in H2O and treating with excess of Pb2  to
give 1.19g of PbS MPb  207  as precipitate. The value of Kc at 4400C is _____.
15
SECTION – A
  
1. Let a,b and c be three vectors having magnitudes 1, 1 and 2 respectively. If
   
 
a  a  c  b  0, then
     
(A) b is in the plane of a and c (B) b is parallel to a  c
   
(C) angle between a and c is 30 o (D) angle between a and c is 150o
3 1
2. The number of solutions of equation 8 sin x  
cos x sin x
(A) 6 if x   0, 2  (B) 4 if x   0,  
 3 
(C) 5, if x   0,  (D) There does not exist any solution
 2 
3. If A and B are two orthogonal matrices of order n and det  A   det B   0, then which of
the following must be correct
(A) det  A  B   det  A   det B  (B) det  A  B   0
(C) A + B = 0 (D) None of above are always correct
16
 2  2   
 x sin   x  1 sin   , x  0,1 then
4. Consider the function g defined by g  x   x  x  1 

 0, if x  0,1
which of the following statement (s) is/are correct?
(A) g  x  is differentiable x  R
(B) g '  x  is discontinuous at x  0 but continuous at x = 1
(C) g '  x  is discontinuous at both x  0 and x  1
(D) Rolle’s theorem is applicable for g  x  in [0, 1]
5. The figure shows two regions in the first quadrant.

Y 2
Y 2
2
y=sin x P (t, sin t ) P (t, sin t )
A(t) B(t)
O X O X
M (t, 0)
M(t, 0)
A(t) is the area under the curve , y  sin x 2 from 0 to t and B (t) is the area of the triangle
A t
with vertices O, P and M (t, 0).Then Lim equals
t 0 Bt
2 3
(A) (B)
3 2
1
(C) (D) 1
2
6. Diagonals of a square are along pair of lines 2x 2  3xy  2y 2  0 . If (2, 1) is a vertex of

square then sides of square can be
(A) 3x  y  5  0 (B) x  3y  5  0
(C) 2x  y  5  0 (D) x  2y  0
17
7. If three planes P1  2x  y  z  1  0 , P2  x  y  z  2  0 and P3  x  y  3z  5  0

intersects each other at point P on XOY plane and at point Q on YOZ plane, where O is
the origin then identify correct statement(s)
(A) The value of  is 4
x 1 y 1 z
(B) Straight line perpendicular to plane P3 and passing through P is   .
 4 1 3
(C) The length of projection of PQ on x – axis is 1.
 1 1 1 
(D) Centroid of the triangle OPQ is  , , 
3 2 2
10
8. In the expansion of  2x  3y  z  , then which of the following statement(s) is/are
correct?
(A) The expansion will contain 66 terms
(B) Sum of all the coefficients is 0.
 10! 9 
(C) The coefficient of x 2 y 3 z5 equals  
 5! 
(D) None of these
100
100 k
9. The coefficient of x 50 in the expansion of  100
Ck  x  2  3k is also equal to
k 0
(A) number of ways in which 50 identical books can be distributed in 100 students, if
each student can get atmost one book.
(B) number of ways in which 100 different white balls and 50 identical red balls can be
arranged in a circle, if no two red balls are together.
51
(C) numbers of dissimilar terms in  x1  x 2  x 3  .....  x 50  .
2.6.10.14......198
(D)
50!
10. Let the complex number z  x  iy (where x, y  R ) satisfy

cot 1 log3 2z  1   cot 1 log3 2z  1  , then x can be
(A) –1 (B) –2
(C) 1 (D) 2
18
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the columns:

(A) The maximum value of  cos  2A     cos  2B     , (p) 2 sin  A  B 
where A, B are constant, is
(B) The maximum value of  cos 2A  cos 2B  , where (A + (q) 2 sec  A  B 
 
B) is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 2
(C) The minimum value of  sec 2A  sec 2B  , where (A + B) (r) 2 cos  A  B 
 
is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 4
(D) The minimum value of (s) 2cos  A  B 
 tan   cot   2cos  A  B 
 
where A, B are constants and    0,  , is
 2
(t) 2 cos  A  B 
19

2. A plane  passes through the point (1,1, 1) and is parallel to the vectors a = (–1, 1, 0)

and b  1,0,  1  meets the axis in A, B and C forming the tetrahedron OABC where O
is origin.
(A) Volume of the tetrahedron OABC in cubic units (p) 9
2
(B) Area of the faces of the tetrahedron in square units (q) 9 3
2
(C) Distance of the points 3 3 / 2, 3 3,3 form the plane (r)
  3
 in units
(D) Distance of the faces of the tetrahedron from the (s) 3
opposite vertex
SECTION – C
1. The roots of the equation z4  az3  12  9i  z2  bz  0 are the vertices of a square then
area of square is __________
1
2  3x  4x 2
2. Let    dx then find the value of 2 .
2
0 2 x  x 1
3. The triangle ABC, right angled at C, has median AD, BE and CF. AD lies along the line
y  x  3, BE lies along the line y  2x  4 . If the length of the hypotenuse is 60 and area
2
of ABC  100 k  then k is ______________
20
4. Water is drained from a vertical cylindrical tank by opening a valve at the base of the
tank. It is known that the rate at which the water level drops is proportional to the square
root of water depth y, where the constant of proportionality k > 0 depends on the
acceleration due to gravity and the geometry of the hole. If time to empty the tank be T
T
minutes, then 
10

1
 2n  2  2n  2   1 2
5. If  tan  2
   tan k then find the value of k
2
n 1  2  n 1 
6. If x, y, z are positive real numbers and x  y  z  1, then find the minimum value of
 4 9 16  1
   . is ___________
 x y z  27
7 Let a, b, c be the sides of a triangle ABC and  be its area. If a  2,   3 and

a cos C  3 a sin C  b  c  0 . Then the semi perimeter of the ABC is __________
8. Let slope of sides AB and BC of a ABC are roots of the equation x 2  4x  1  0,

( ABC lying in the first quadrant and B is origin) and inradius of the triangle is 1 unit. If

co – ordinates of its incentre are (a, b) then a2  b 4 is _________ 
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.

answer.
Section-A (15 – 18) contains 4 Paragraph Type questions: Each question has FOUR options
(A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct. Each question carries +3
marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
AITS-CRT-I-(Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
–19
1 eV = 1.6  10 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 6. Each question has 4
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct
3
1. A glass slab of thickness t = 3 cm, R.I.   is placed
2 Object
between the object O and the concave mirror of focal O 
length f = 4.5 cm. It is observed that the image is formed
at the object. If we withdraw the slab, the image will be
formed at a distance of
x
(A) 10 cm/11 (B) 30 cm/11
(C) 80 cm/11 (D) 90 cm/11
2. Two tuning forks when sounded together give 8 beats/s. When A is sounded with air
column of length 37.5 cm closed at one end resonance occurs in its fundamental mode.
B gives resonance with air column of length 38.5 cm and closed at one end in its
fundamental mode. The frequencies of tuning forks are
(A) 300 Hz, 300 Hz (B) 300 Hz, 308 Hz
(C) 308 Hz, 308 Hz (D) 308 Hz, 300 Hz
3. A tank is filled upto a height 2H with a liquid and is

placed on a platform of height H from the ground.
The distance y from the ground where a small hole is
2H
made in the tank, to get the maximum horizontal
range R is y
(A) 2H
(B) 3 H/2 H
(C) 5 H/4
R
(D) H
4
4. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity decreases by 36% of its value on the
surface of the earth. (The radius of the earth is R)
R R
(A) (B)
6 4
R 2
(C) (D) R
2 3
5. A sphere kept on a rough inclined plane is in equilibrium by a T

string wrapped over it. If angle of inclination is , the tension
in string will be equal to
(A) mg sin (B) 2 mg sin
mg sin 
(C) (D) None
2

6. A ray of light enters into the prism normally with the face-1 and

comes out normally with the face-3. The minimum R.I. of the
prism is

(A) cosec (B) tan 
2 1
(C) sec  (D) cosec  2
5

7. The velocity time graph of a particle is shown for time v(m/s)

interval t = 0 to t = 4 sec. Choose correct options.
5
(A) the displacement of the particle is equal to m 1
4
7
(B) the distance covered by the particle is equal to m
4 0 1 2 3 4 t(s)
1
(C) the average velocity of the particle is m / s over 4s
2
(D) the motion is uniformly accelerated for 4s
8. The potential energy  in joule of a particle of mass 1 kg moving in the x – y plane,

obeys the law  = 3x + 4y , where (x, y) are the coordinate of the particle in metre. If the
particle is at rest at (6, 4) at time t = 0, then (only conservative force are acting on
particle).
(A) the particle has constant acceleration
(B) the work done by the conservative forces from position of rest of the particle to the
instant of the particle crossing x axis is 25 J
(C) the speed of the a particle when it crosses the y axis is 10 ms–1
(D) the coordinates of the particle at time t = 4s are (–18, –28)
9. A constant force F is applied on a spring block system as shown

in figure. The mass of the block is m and spring constant is k. k
F
The block is placed over a smooth surface. Initially the spring m
was unstretched. Choose the correct alternative (s)
(A) the block will execute SHM
(B) amplitude of oscillation is F/2k
m
(C) time period of oscillation is 2
k
2Fx  kx 2
(D) the maximum speed of block is (here x = F/k)
m
6
10. For an ideal gas:

(A) the change in internal energy in a constant pressure process from temperature T1 to
T2 is equal to nCv (T2 – T1), where Cv is the molar specific heat at constant volume
and n the number of moles of the gas.
(B) the change in internal energy of the gas and the work done by the gas are equal in
magnitude in an adiabatic process.
(C) the internal energy does not change in an isothermal process.
(D) no heat is added or removed in an adiabatic process.
11. The distance d between two identical concave mirrors of radius of

curvature R. So, as to coincide the image I on the object O itself,
which is placed at the mid point can be
(A) R (B) 2R O
(C) 3R (D) R/2
12. Considering the situation shown in the figure. The

block of mass 1.0 kg is released from rest and it is
found to have a speed of 0.3 m/s–1 after it has 4.0kg
descended through a distance of 1 m. Which of the
following statements are correct?
(A) Loss in gravitational potential energy is 10 J
(B) kinetic energy of 1kg block is 0.045 J
(C) 4 kg block travels a distance of 2 m to acquire a 1.0kg
velocity of 0.6 ms–1
(D) Work done by friction is –80 J where  is
coefficient of kinetic friction
7
13. A man stands on a flat mirror M1 in front of

another plane mirror M2,
(A) if M1 moves along x-axis then images Y
do not move.
(B) if M2 moves along y-axis then images M2
do not move X
(C) if M2 moves parallel to x-axis images do
not move
M1
(D) total number of virtual images formed is
three
14. The deviation min of a prism versus the angle of


incidence i is given. Then
(A)  = i1 + i2 – A max
(B) if min = 30°, A = 30° 
(C) for max = i2 + 90° –A and sin i1 = n sin(A – C) min
where C = sin–1 (1/n)
(D) max = 90° + i1 – A, where i1 = sin–1 [n sin(A – c)] i
i1 i1 30° i2 i2
where C = sin–1 (1/n)
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice question based
on a paragraph. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which
only ONE is correct

A thin, uniform rod of mass M and length L is at rest on a smooth B, m, L
horizontal surface. A particle of same mass M collides with the rod at
one end perpendicular to its length with velocity Vo and sticks to it. C
C
is the middle point of the rod and D is a point at a distance of L/4 from
end A. D
L/4
m
Vo A
15. Choose the correct statement out of the following.

(A) Mechanical energy of the particle and rod system is conserved in collision.
(B) mechanical energy of the particle and the rod individually is conserved.
(C) linear momentum of the particle and the rod are individually conserved.
(D) linear momentum of the rod and the particle system is conserved.
8
16. Velocity of point D of the rod immediately after collision will be

V V
(A) o (B) o
4 2
3Vo
(C) (D) Vo
4
A graph of the x-component of the electric field as a Ex(N/c)

function of x in a region of space is shown in the figure. 20
The y and z-components of the electric field are zero in
this region. The electric potential at the origin is zero.
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 x(m)
–20
17. The electric potential at x = 2m is:

(A) 10 V (B) 20 V
(C) 30 V (D) 40 V
18. The greatest positive value of electric potential for points of the x-axis for which
0  x  6m is :
(A) 10 V (B) 20 V
(C) 30 V (D) 40 V
9
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following compound is formed if PbS reacts with H2O2?

(A) PbSO3 (B) PbSO4
(C) PbS2O3 (D) PbS4O6
2. For the chemical reaction



3X  g   Y  g  
 X3 Y  g  , The amount of X3Y at equilibrium is affected by
(A) Temperature only (B) Pressure only
(C) Both temperature and pressure (D) Temperature, pressure and catalyst
3. Among the following, the extensive property is

(A) Vapour pressure (B) Molarity
(C) Standard heat of formation (D) Entropy
4. Which of the following compound can decrease the freezing point of water by maximum
extent if equal moles are added?
(A) CH3CH2Cl (B) CH3CH2OH
(C) CH3CHO (D) CH3CH = CH2
5. Zn(s)|Zn2+(aq)||Cu2+(aq)|Cu(s)
Which of the following activity can increase the cell potential of the above
electrochemical cell?
(A) Addition of water to the anode half-cell
(B) Addition of water to the cathode half-cell
(C) Increasing temperature
(D) Addition of same amount of water to both half-cells
10

6. FeSO4   X   Y    Z
The products of above reaction are:
(A) FeO, SO2 and SO3 (B) Fe2O3, SO2 and SO3
(C) FeO, SO2 and O2 (D) Fe2O3, SO2 and O2

7. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for [Ni(CO)4]?

(A) The hybridization of nickel is sp3
(B) Back donation of d-electrons takes place
(C) The effective atomic number of nickel is identical to the atomic number of its nearest
noble gas.
(D) The oxidation number of Ni is +2
8. Which of the following are the common metallurgical processes which are used for the
extraction of zinc from ZnS and ZnCO3?
(A) Calcination (B) Roasting
(C) Carbon reduction (D) Distillation
9. NH4 2 Cr2O7 

 Cr2O3  N2  4 H2O
The correct statement(s) regarding the above reaction is/are
(A) It is an intramolecular redox reaction
(B) It is a disproportionation reaction
(C) Chromium is reduced
(D) The reaction leaves a green residue
10. In which of the following the value of a (van der Waal’s) constant of the left side gas is
greater than that of the right side gas?
(A) SO2, CH4 (B) H2, NH3
(C) CO, N2 (D) He, SO2
11
11. In which of the following option(s) the left side compound is more soluble in water than
the right side compound?
(A) Mg(OH)2, Ba(OH)2 (B) MgSO4, BaSO4
(C) NaOH, Mg(OH)2 (D) BeCO3, CaCO3
12. In NaCl unit cell Na+ ions are present at

(A) corners of the unit cell (B) face centres of the unit cell
(C) edge centres of the unit cell (D) body centre of the unit cell
13. Choose the correct statement (s) form the following :

(A) Density of graphite is higher than that of diamond.
(B) Graphite has higher electrical and thermal conductivity than diamond.
(C) Graphite has higher C – C bond order than that of diamond.
(D) Graphite is thermodynamically more stable than diamond.
14. A plot of ln [A]t vs t (where, [A]t is the concentration of the reactant at time t) for a first
order reaction is linear with a negative slope of 0.0231 sec-1. Then
(A) The initial concentration of the reactant will reduce to half in 30 seconds.
(B) A plot of t1/2 vs concentration of reactant will give a straight line passing through
origin.
(C) The reaction will be 90% complete in 100 seconds.
(D) The line in ln[A]t vs t plot will be steeper at higher temperature.
12
Comprehension Type
only ONE is correct
When CuSO4 solution is electrolysed in a copper voltameter for 30 sec, then ‘m’ gram of copper
was deposited. The time-current graph for the electrolysis is:
300
200
Current (mA)
100
10 20 30
Time (in sec)
15. How much charge was passed through copper voltameter?

(A) 1 coulomb (B) 4 coulomb
(C) 2 coulomb (D) ½ coulomb
16. The electrochemical equivalent of copper in term of ‘m’ is:

m
(A) 2m (B)
2
m
(C) m (D)
4
13
Halogens combine with each other to form interhalogen compounds. Halide ions often react with
molecules of halogens or interhalogens to form polyhalide ions consisting either of the same
halogen or of two or three different halogens. Besides these, a few other anions are known,
which do not contain any of the halogen atoms but behave like halide ions. These anions are
called pseudohalides and consist of two or more atoms of which one is always a nitrogen atom.
Answer the following questions on the basis of above write up.
17. Which of the following is not a pseudohalide?

(A) CNO– (B) CH3COO–
–
(C) OCN (D) CN–
18. The isoelectronic pair from the following is:

(A) Cl2O, ICl2 (B) ICl2 ,ClO2
(C) ClO2 , ClF2 (D) I3 , IF2
14
SECTION – A
n 1 n n
 n  1   r . Cr Cr 1 
1. The value of  
r 0  n  
  r  2  is

2n 1 2n
(A) Cn1 (B) Cn1
2n 1 2n
(C) Cn1 (D) Cn2
2. An infinite geometric progression has a positive common ratio and third term equal to 8.
The smallest possible value of its sum is
(A) 54 (B) 56
(C) 64 (D) 72
3. If a pair of variable straight lines x 2  4y 2  xy  0 (where  is a real parameter) cut

the ellipse x 2  4y 2  4 at two points A and B, then the locus of the point of intersection
of tangent at A and B is
(A) x 2  4y 2  8xy  0 (B)  2x  y  2x  y   0
(C) x 2  4y 2  4xy  0 (D)  x  2y  x  2y   0
4. The line y  mx  1 touches the curves y   x 4  2x 2  x at two distinct points P  x1,y1 

x12  y12
and Q  x 2 , y 2  , then the value of (where x 1  x 2 ) is
x 22  y 22
(A) 5 (B) 10
(C) 4 (D) 2
15
5. A variable circle is drawn to pass through (1, 0) and to touch the line x  y  0 . Let S = 0
represent the locus of the centre of the circle, then S = 0 represents
(A) pair of parallel straight lines (B) circle
(C) parabola (D) none of these
6. The sum of solution(s) of the equation 2  x   x  6 x (where [.] denotes the greatest
integer function and {.} denotes fractional part function) is
5
(A) 0 (B)
3
3 8
(C) (D)
5 5

7. The equation
1  sin x  
2 k  1 sin x  2
, x  R has real solution. Then the
2
sin x cos x  sin x  sin x cos 2x  k 2
range of k is
 1 
(A) (–2, –1) (B)  1,
 2 
(C)  0, 1 (D) 1,  
8. If the function f  x   ax e bx has a local maximum at the point (2, 10) then
(A) a = 5e (B) a = 5
(C) b = 1 (D) b = 1/2
9.   
2 tan tan1  x   tan1 x 3 , where x  R  1, 1 is equal to
2x
(A)
1  x2

(B) tan 2 tan1 x

(C) tan cot 1   x   cot 1  x   (D) tan  2cot x 1
16
10. The volume of the parallelepiped whose coterminous edges are represented by the
      
vectors 2b  c, 3c  a and 4a  b, where a  1  sin   î  cos ˆj  sin 2k,
ˆ
 2  ˆ  2  ˆ  4  ˆ
bˆ  sin     i  cos     j  sin  2  k,
 3   3   3 
  2  ˆ  2  ˆ  4  ˆ
c  sin   
3  i  cos    3  j  sin  2  3  k is 18 cubic units, then the value of ,
     
 
in the interval  0,  , is are
 2
 2
(A) (B)
9 9
 4
(C) (D)
3 3
11. A player tosses a coin. He sets one point for head and two points for tail. He plays till he
gets sum of points equal to n. If pn be the probability that his score becomes n, then
1 1 1
(A) p3  (B) pn  Pn1  Pn2
2 2 4
11 1
(C) p4  (D) pn  pn1  pn 2 
16 2
12. In ABC, on the side BC, D and E are points such that BD = DE = EC. Also
ADE  AED   , then
(A) 3  tanB  tan C   2 tan  (B) tanB  tan C  3 tan 
6 tan  6 tan 
(C) tan A  (D) tan A 
9  tan2  tan2   9
17
    
13. Vectors a,b,c are three unit vectors and c is equally inclined to both a and b . Let
       
      
a  b  c  b  c  a  4  x 2 b  4x cos2  a , then
 

( a and b are non – collinear vectors, x  0 )
(A) x  2 (B)   0o
(C)    (D) none of these
14. If x  cos 39o  sin57o , y  cos 40o  sin58o and z  cos 41o  sin59o then
(A) x  y (B) y  z
(C) z  x (D) x  z  y
Comprehension Type
only ONE is correct
A parabola touches the bisectors of the angle obtained by the lines x  2y  3  0 and
2x  y  0 at the point M (1, 1) and N (0, –2) .
15. The focus of the parabola is

(A) (2, 3) (B) (–2, 3)
2 7 1 7
(C)  ,  (D)  ,  
5 5 5 5
16. The equation of the directrix is

(A) 3x  y  4  0 (B) x  3y  2  0
(C) 8x  y  7  0 (D) none of these
18
Consider the function f  x   b loge x  x on the interval  0,   , where b is a positive real

constant.
17. The set of all values of b for which the equation blog x  x  0 has exactly one real roots
is equal to
 1
(A)  0,  (B) (0, 1)
 e
(C)  , 0  (D) none of these
18. If the line x  y  0 is tangent to f  x   b loge x  x, then b lies in the interval

(A) (1, 3) (B) (0, 1)
(C) (4, 6) (D) (5, 7)
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-C.

on OMR sheet.

answer.
(ii) Section-C (01 to 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with single digit integer as answer,
ranging from 0 to 9. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. The system of springs and masses are in equilibrium. If the spring 2 is

cut then the initial acceleration of block B will be.
7
(A) g downward (B) 2g downward
2
7
(C) 2g upward (D) g upward
2
2. An object moves with velocity V (  ˆj) towards the inclined plane Y( ˆj)
V
mirror as shown in figure. The velocity of the image is
3 ˆ Vˆ
(A) V ˆj (B) V (  i)  j
2 2
3 ˆ Vˆ V 3 ˆ 30°
(C) V i j (D) (  î)  V ( j) ˆ
X(i)
2 2 2 2
3. When a beam of accelerated electrons hits a target, a continuous X-ray spectrum is

emitted from the target. Which of the following wavelength is absent in the X-ray
spectrum, if the X-ray tube is operating at 40.000 volts?
(A) 0.25 Å (B) 0.5 Å
(C) 1.5 Å (D) 1.0 Å
4
r
4. The electric potential between a proton and an electron is given by V = V 0 ln
, where r0
r0
is a constant. Assuming Bohr’s model to be applicable, write variation of rn with n, n
being the principal quantum number.
(A) rn  n (B) rn  1/n
(C) rn  n2 (D) rn  1/n2
5. A string of mass m is fixed at both ends. The fundamental tone oscillation are excited in
the string with angular frequency  and maximum displacement amplitude A. Find the
total energy contained in the string.
1 1
(A) m2 A 2 (B) m2 A 2
2 4
1 1
(C) m 2 A 2 (D) m2 A 2
6 8

6. A disc of radius R rolls on a horizontal surface with linear velocity

P
V and angular velocity . There is a point P on circumference of  
disc at angle  with upward vertical diameter measured O V
anticlockwise see figure, which has a vertical velocity. Here  is
equal to
V  V
(A)   sin1 (B)  sin1
R 2 R
V V
(C)   cos1 (D)   cos1
R R
5
7. A point moves with deceleration along the circle of radius R so that at any time its
tangential and normal acceleration are equal in magnitude. At the initial moment t =0,
the velocity of the point is v 0 . The velocity of the point will be
v0
(A) v  at t second (B) v  v 0 eS / R after displacements
v0t
1
R
v0
(C) v  v 0 eSR after displacements (D) v  at t second
v t
1 0
R
8. A block of mass 1 kg moves under the influence of external forces on a rough horizontal
surface. At some instant, it has a speed of 1 m/s due east and an acceleration of 1 m/s 2
due north. The force of friction acting on it is F
(A) F acts due west
(B) F acts due south
(C) F acts in the south west direction
(D) the magnitude of F cannot be found from the given data
9. A particle is taken from point A to point B under the influence of a force field. Now it is
taken back from B to A and it is observed that the work done in taking the particle from A
to B is not equal to the work done in taking it from B to A. If W nc and W c is the work done
by non conservative forces and conservative forces present in the system respectively,
U is the change in potential energy,  k is the change is kinetic energy, then
(A) Wnc  U  k (B) Wc  U
(C) Wnc  Wc  k (D) Wnc  U  k
10. A horizontal disc rotates freely about a vertical axis through its centre. A ring, having the
same mass and radius as the disc, is now gently placed on the disc. After some time,
they rotate with a common angular speed.
(A) some friction exists between the disc and the ring.
(B) the angular momentum of the disc plus ring is conserved.
2
(C) the final common angular speed is rd of the initial angular velocity of the disc.
3
2
(D) rd of the initial kinetic energy changes to heat.
3
6
11. If electron of the hydrogen atom is replaced by another particle of same charge but of
double the mass, then:
(A) Bohr radius will increase
(B) ionisation energy of the atom will be doubled
(C) speed of the new particle in a given state will be lesser than the electron’s speed in
same orbit
(D) gap between energy levels will now be doubled
12. A container of large uniform cross sectional area A A
resting on a horizontal surface holds two

immiscible non viscous and incompressible liquids H/2 d
of density d and 3d, each of height H/2. The lower
density liquid is open to the atmosphere having
pressure P0. A tiny hole of area a(a<<A) is H/2 3d
h
punched to the vertical side of lower container at a
height h (0<h<H/2) for which range is maximum.
Range R
2H
(A) h = H /3 (B) Range R =
3
3H 2
(C) Range R = (D) Velocity of efflux v  gH
2 3
13. When a monochromatic point source of light is at a distance of 0.2 m from a

photoelectric cell, the cut off voltage and the saturation current are respectively 0.6V and
18.0 mA. If the same source is placed 0.6 m away from the photoelectric cell, then:
(A) the stopping potential will be 0.2 volt (B) the stopping potential will be 0.6 volt
(C) the saturation current will be 6.0 mA (D) the saturation current will be 2.0 mA
7
SECTION – C
1. Find the mass of the hanging block in kg,

which will prevent the smaller block from
slipping over the triangular block. All the
surfaces are friction less and the strings m
and pulleys are light. (Given m = M = 1 kg,
cot = 2) M
2. An ideal gas is expanding such that PT2 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion
of the gas is A/T where T is temperature in kelvin. Find the value of A.
3. The axle of a circular wheel of radius R is held horizontally D

by two identical strings of equal lengths separated by a
distance D. The tension in each string is T0. The rim of the
wheel carries a total charge + Q distributed uniformly on it.
The wheel is vertical and is kept in a uniform vertical R

magnetic field B. It is now rotated at an angular speed .

The string break at a tension of 3T0 / 2. If the maximum
B
possible value of  at which the wheel can be rotated
KT0D
without breaking a string is . Then find the value of K.
QR2B
4. A simple pendulum is suspended from a peg on a vertical wall. The L

pendulum is pulled away from the wall to a horizontal position and
2
released. The ball hits the wall, the coefficient of restitution is .
5
What is the minimum number of collisions after which the
amplitude of oscillations becomes less than 60 degrees ?
5. Determine the resistance in ohm is to be connected across 3 2

a
a, b in given circuit to dissipate maximum power through it.
6
3
+ +
5V - 5V -
b
8
SECTION – A
1. 100 mL of a sample of hard water requires 25.1 mL of 0.02 N H2SO4 for complete
reaction. The hardness of the sample is:
[Density of the sample = 1 g/mL]
(A) 200 ppm (B) 250 ppm
(C) 251 ppm (D) 258 ppm
2. Which of the following is not a property of NaOH?

(A) It is hygroscopic in nature (B) It decolourizes chlorine gas
(C) It behaves as a bleaching agent (D) Heat is liberated when it reacts with HCl
3. For the gaseous reaction, A  g  4B  g   3 C  g  is found to be first order with respect to

A. If at the starting the total pressure was 100 mm Hg and after 20 minutes it is found to
be 400 mm Hg. The rate constant of the reaction is
(A) 20 min-1 (B) 1.2  10-3 sec-1
(C) 5.7  10-4 sec-1 (D) 3.4  10-2 sec-1
4. Four separate solutions (each of 0.1 M) of four sodium salts NaW, NaX, NaY and NaZ
has pH 7.0, 9.0, 10.0 and 11.0 respectively. The acid with the lowest pKa value is
(A) HW (B) HX
(C) HY (D) HZ
5. What would be the formula of an ionic solid which crystals contains b.c.c unit cell in
which X2+ ions are present at the body centre of Y2– ions at the corners?
(A) X2Y (B) XY
(C) XY2 (D) X2Y3
9

6. In which of the following option(s) the dipole moment of the left side molecule is greater
than that of the right side molecule?
(A) NH3, NF3 (B) SCl2, BeCl2
(C) SF4, CF4 (D) PF5, IF5
7. 
KC for the reaction 2A (g) + B(g)   -2 o -1
 A2B(g) is 2  10 at 25 C and it is 2  10 at
50oC. Choose the incorrect statement (s) from the following
(A) Decomposition of A2B is favoured at low temperature
(B) Formation of A2B is favoured at low pressure.
(C) Formation of A2B is favoured by introducing an inert gas at constant pressure.
(D) Decomposition of A2B is favoured by removing B(g) from the reaction mixture
8. Which carbides react with water to give methane?

(A) CaC2 (B) Be2C
(C) Mg2C3 (D) Al4C3
9. For an ideal gas, consider only P – V work in going from

an initial state X to final state Z. The final state Z can be
Pressure (atmosphere)
reached by either of the two paths shown in figure. Which
of the following choice (s) is (are) correct? [Take  S as
x y
change is entropy  H change is enthalpy and W as work
done]
(A)  S x  z   S x  y   S y  z
(B) Wx  z  Wx  y  W z
y z
(C) Wx  y  z  Wx  y
Volume (litre)
(D)  Hx  y  z   Hx  z
10
10. Which of the following ion(s) form(s) precipitate with aqueous ammonia solution in
presence of ammonium chloride?
(A) Ca2+ (B) Fe3+
(C) Cr3+ (D) Al3+
11. Which of the following ion(s) maintain an identical d-orbital configuration while forming
octahedral complexes with strong field as well as weak field ligands according to crystal
field theory?
(A) Fe2+ (B) Co2+
(C) Ni2+ (D) Zn2+
12. Which of the following pair has same net dipole moment
F
F
(A) (B)
, ,
F
F F
F ,
(C) (D)
,
F F
13. Arrange the following in decreasing order of basic strength?

N
(i) N (ii) N (iii)
H H N
(iv) N (v) N N—H
H
(A) iv > v > ii > iii > i (B) v > iv > ii > iii > i
(C) i > ii > iii > iv > v (D) v > iv > iii > ii > i
11
SECTION – C
1. What is the sum of azimuthal quantum number of all the valence electrons of aluminum?
[At. No. of Al = 13]
2. How many S – O single bonds are present in Caro’s acid (H2SO5)?
3. The formula of a spinel is MgAl2O4. How many effective no. of anionic vacancy for unit
cell will be created if the oxide ions of the spinel are replaced by X-8/3 ions?
4. The radiator of a car contains 50.5 g water. If 6.2 g of glycol (HOCH2CH2OH) is added to
it, the solution freezes at –4oC. How many gram of ice will be separated in the process?
[Kf = 1.86 K kg mol–1]
5. How many maximum gram of aluminium will be deposited by passing 96500 ampere
current for one second through molten aluminium nitrate?
12
SECTION – A
1. If A and B are orthogonal square matrices of same order and A  B  0 , then the matrix
A  B is always
(A) Invertible (B) Singular
(C) Non – Null matrix (D) None of these
2. 3 Tangents are drawn at random to a given circle in a plane. The probability that the
circle is inscribed in the triangle formed by them is
1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 8
3. The number of 6 digit numbers which are divisible by 3 and do not contain the digit 3 is
(A) 23 36 (B) 23 39
(C) 243 6 (D) 2439
4. 
A monic quadratic trinomial P (x) is such that P  x   0 and P P P  x    0 have a 
common root, then
(A) P  0  .P 1  0 (B) P  0  P 1  0
(C) P  0  P 1  0 (D) Data insufficient
5. The number of non – zero z  C satisfying z 3  18  26i, where z  x  iy and x, y are


integers, is i  1 
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
13

6. If f  x  y   f  x   f  y   x y  xy 2 x, y  R and f '  0   0 , then

(A) f is differentiable for all x  R
(B) f is non differentiable for at least one x  R
(C) f is twice differentiable for all x  R
(D) f is twice differentiable for all x  R  0
x2
dt
7. Let F : 1,    R be a function defined as F  x    n t . Which of the following
x
statements are correct?
(A) F  x  is strictly decreasing (B) Range of F  x  is  0,  
(C) Range of F  x  is  n 2,   (D) F  x  is one – one function
8. The sequence 1, 3, 4, 9, 10, 12, 13,……consists of all those positive integers which are
powers of 3 or sums of distinct powers of 3. The hundredth term of this sequence is less
than
(A) 982 (B) 983
(C) 981 (D) 980
9. A chord of negative slope from the point P  264, 0  is drawn to the ellipse
x 2  4y 2  16 . This chord intersects the ellipse at A and B (O is the origin).
(A) The maximum area of AOB is 4
(B) The maximum area of AOB is 8
1
(C) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
2 2
1
(D) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
8 2
14
10. A parallelogram is constructed with its sides parallel to the asymptotes of the hyperbola
x 2  2y 2  4x  4y  2  0 and one of its diagonals is a chord of the same hyperbola. If
the other diagonal passes through a fixed point (a, b) a,b  R then
(A) a  b  3 (B) a  b  3
ab a b
(C) r  6
r 1
(D) r  6
r 1
11. If m,n  N such that m < n and the last three digits of 2978m and 2978n are same then
(A) the least value of m is 1 (B) the least value of m is 3
(C) the least value of n is 100 (D) the least value of n is 103
12. If the sum of squares of 3 real numbers a, b, c is equal to 1, then the value of expression
2 2 2
 4a  3b    5b  4c    3c  5a  is always less than
(A) 50 (B) 51
(C) 52 (D) 53
13. Let S2  0 be the mirror image of S1 : x 2  y 2  4x  6y  12  0 w.r.t. the line

      
L1 : 104 x  104  10 y  104  20  0 . Let L2 : 211 x  211  212 y  211  213  0 be a 
line. The equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of the line L 2  0
with the radical axis of S1  0,S2  0 and making equal intercepts with the coordinate
axes, is
(A) x  y  3  0 (B) x  y  1  0
(C) 2x  2y  1  0 (D) 2x  2y  3  0
15
SECTION – C
xm f 1  h  x   1 2
1. If g  x   lim m
is continuous at x = 1 and g 1  lim  n ex  n x then
2x  3x  3
m  x 1
evaluate 2g 1  2f 1  h 1  2 . Assume that f  x  and h  x  are continuous at x = 1.
2. Let f  x   x 3  3x  2 and g  x  be its inverse. If the area bounded by g  x  , x – axis and

p
the ordinates x = – 2 and x = 6 is (where p& q are coprime), find value of p  q  1
q
3. A coin of radius 1 cm is thrown at random onto an infinite chessboard with a side length
of each square as 4 cm. If the probability that the coin intersects at most one side of a
p
square is (where p and q are coprime) then find the value of p  q  2
q
4. Consider a parabola touching x – axis at A (2, 0) and y – axis at B (0, 1). If  ,   be the
focus then   2 is equal to
5. If the maximum value of x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 4  9x 2  16 is P, find the value of P

(where [.] denotes GIF)

JEE Advanced Print

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

JEE Advanced Print

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 180

C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

Name of the Candidate

Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s

Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C

Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg

Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C2/N-m2

Density of water water = 103 kg/m3

Atmospheric pressure Pa = 105 N/m2

Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

2. Monochromatic light of wavelength  emerging from slit

Space for rough work

5. In the figure, the wedge is pushed with an acceleration of

Space for rough work

30o 30o (iv)

(A) In case (i), (ii) (B) In case (ii), (iv), (i)

10. Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas performs a cycle shown 2 3

Space for rough work

A pair of parallel horizontal conducting rails of negligible resistance shorted

11. The acceleration the mass m moving in the downward direction is

Space for rough work

Paragraph for Questions 13 & 14

Space for rough work

14. Choose the correct statement:

Paragraph for Questions 15 & 16

A rod of length 6 m has a mass 12 kg. it is hinged at on end A at a B

Space for rough work

(Match List Type)

Space for rough work

(P) (1) Increases

(Q) (2) Decreases

(R) (3) Remains same

(S) (4) May increases or decreases

Density of oil is greater than density of ice

Space for rough work

(Q) (2) Both W and U are negative

(R) (3) W is positive whereas U is

Space for rough work

(P) O1 h2 (1) Concave mirror between O1 and O2

(Q) O2 h1 (2) Diverging lens between O1 and O2

Space for rough work

H2 :12 moles V=20L NH3(aq) solution

Space for rough work

3. The final product of complete hydrolysis of (CH3)2SiCl2 followed by polymerization forms

CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3

reacts with dil. H2SO4?

KSP = 8  10 – 12 for Ag2CO3 and KSP = 4  10 – 13 for AgBr

7. Which of the following reactions will not give alkylation product?

8. The incorrect statement about the following reaction sequence is

Space for rough work

In the manufacture of Na2CO3(s) by Solvay process, NaHCO3(s) is decomposed by heating:

Paragraph for Questions 13 & 14

Space for rough work

Paragraph for Questions 15 & 16

15. As per the above passage (A) is

(Match List Type)

17. Match the following:

Space for rough work

18. Match the following:

19. Match the following:

20. Match the following: